1 #LyX 1.4.4svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % I've designed this preamble to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 % provides missing characters,
17 % see note in chapter 'Character Tables'
21 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
22 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
24 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
25 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{%
26 \usepackage[scaled=0.92]{helvet}
28 \usepackage{courier} }
29 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
30 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
32 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
33 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
34 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
37 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
38 % link all cross references and URLs in pdf output
39 \usepackage[colorlinks=true, bookmarks, bookmarksnumbered,
40 linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,
41 pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,
42 pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,
43 pdfauthor={LyX Team}, pdftex,
44 pdftitle={The LyX User's Guide},pdfsubject={LyX},
45 pdfkeywords={LyX}]{hyperref}
47 \else % if dvi or ps is produced
49 % link all cross references and URLs in dvi output
50 \usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
52 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
54 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
55 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
56 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
59 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
63 \options bibtotoc,BCOR7mm
75 \paperorientation portrait
78 \paragraph_separation indent
80 \quotes_language english
83 \paperpagestyle default
84 \tracking_changes false
99 \begin_layout Standard
101 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
104 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
112 \begin_layout Standard
113 \begin_inset Note Note
116 \begin_layout Standard
117 To export this document as pdf, ps or dvi, the LaTeX-package
124 \begin_layout Standard
125 This package should be part of all popular LaTeX-distributions.
133 \begin_layout Standard
134 \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{}
141 \begin_layout Chapter
145 \begin_layout Section
149 \begin_layout Standard
150 LyX is a document preparation system.
151 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
152 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
153 It is unlike most other
154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
161 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
163 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
164 \begin_inset Quotes eld
168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
175 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
180 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
184 \begin_layout Standard
185 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
198 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
202 \begin_layout Standard
204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
215 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
216 the format of all of the manuals.
217 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
218 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
235 \begin_layout Section
239 \begin_layout Subsection
243 \begin_layout Standard
244 Similar to other Linux [and other brands of Unix] programs, you start LyX
250 You can, of course, include several command-line options, including file
252 We're not going to repeat all of the command-line options here, since we've
253 already done that in the
258 Check there for more info.
261 \begin_layout Standard
262 There are one or two things we'd like to comment on:
265 \begin_layout Standard
266 Please note that if you include more than one file name on the command line,
267 LyX will load them all, though it won't display them all simultaneously.
268 More on that in a bit.
271 \begin_layout Subsection
275 \begin_layout Standard
276 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
278 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
279 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
281 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
287 (a term which we've swiped, lock, stock, and barrel, from GNU Emacs), which
289 \begin_inset Quotes eld
293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
301 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
304 \begin_layout Standard
305 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
306 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
307 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
309 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
310 only a vertical scrollbar.
313 \begin_layout Standard
314 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
315 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
316 This, however, is due
317 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
318 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
319 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
320 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
322 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
323 this doesn't work for equations yet.
326 \begin_layout Subsection
330 \begin_layout Standard
331 First, the bad news: the help system is not as thorough as that in many
332 commercial applications.
337 \begin_layout Standard
338 Now the good news: the help system consists of the LyX manuals.
343 of the manuals from inside LyX.
344 Just select the manual you want read from the
354 \begin_layout Standard
355 While we're at it, we'd like to make a comment about the manuals.
356 They're not idiot-proof, not in the least.
357 Here's what one of our authors,
361 , once said about manuals:
364 \begin_layout Quotation
368 \begin_layout Quotation
369 Yes, we've all dealt with the terse, poorly-translated, or cryptic manuals.
370 They are aggravating.
371 I find, however, that the overly simplified ones are even more aggravating.
372 First, they spend about half their time carefully explaining to the user
373 how to operate a mouse, what a menu is, et cetera, ad nauseum.
374 Please, if someone doesn't know how to use their own computer, or a GUI,
375 then they should sit down and learn
379 they start up a major piece of software.
382 \begin_layout Quotation
383 Second, what information they do provide seems to assume that the user is
385 Utter nonsense! Most users, in my experience, are some combination of clueless
386 and intimidated, not stupid.
387 Besides, if someone is truly slow on the uptake, they need help that a
388 manual for a piece of computer software can't give.
391 \begin_layout Standard
394 Editor's Note: With this in mind, I've instructed all of the other authors
395 to avoid patronizing you, the reader, and to be more pedagogical than pedantic.
396 As for those who are too lazy to read and understand the manuals --- well,
397 as we say here in America, there's no such thing as a free lunch.
401 \begin_layout Section
405 \begin_layout Subsection
406 Basic File Operations
409 \begin_layout Standard
417 menu are the 9 basic operations for any word processor in addition to some
418 more advanced operations:
421 \begin_layout Itemize
430 \begin_layout Itemize
442 \begin_layout Itemize
451 \begin_layout Itemize
460 \begin_layout Itemize
469 \begin_layout Itemize
480 \begin_layout Itemize
489 \begin_layout Itemize
498 \begin_layout Itemize
508 \begin_layout Standard
509 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
510 a few minor differences.
516 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
525 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
526 you for a template to use.
527 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
528 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
529 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
532 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:doc-classes}
539 \begin_layout Standard
541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
561 \begin_inset Quotes erd
564 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
565 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
568 \begin_layout Standard
576 command is useful if more people work on the same document at the same
581 \begin_layout Standard
582 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
595 It will simply reload the document from disk.
596 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
597 and want to restore it to the last save.
600 \begin_layout Standard
601 The second matter of note concerns the commands
606 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
618 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
634 to save us all from our own stupidity.
635 That is, if you try to close a file with changes [or exit LyX], you'll
636 be informed that there are unsaved files.
639 \begin_layout Subsection
640 Basic Editing Features
643 \begin_layout Standard
644 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
645 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
646 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
647 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
649 We'll start with cut and paste.
652 \begin_layout Standard
653 As you might expect, the
660 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
661 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
665 \begin_layout Itemize
671 \begin_layout Itemize
677 \begin_layout Itemize
683 \begin_layout Itemize
691 Replace\SpecialChar \ldots{}
695 \begin_layout Standard
696 The first three are self-explanatory.
697 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
698 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
707 keys also functions as the
712 Also, if you've selected text, be careful.
713 If you hit a key, LyX will completely delete the selected text and replace
714 it with what you just typed.
722 to get back the lost text.
725 \begin_layout Standard
731 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
738 Replace\SpecialChar \ldots{}
748 The text you want to find goes in the
757 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
765 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
775 You can click to search again to skip the current word.
778 \begin_layout Standard
787 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
790 \begin_layout Standard
800 toggle button can be used if you want the search to consider the case of
802 If the toggle is set, searching for
803 \begin_inset Quotes eld
811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
814 will not match the word
815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
829 \begin_layout Standard
838 toggle button can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
852 \begin_inset Quotes eld
860 \begin_inset Quotes erd
864 \begin_inset Quotes eld
872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
878 \begin_layout Subsection
882 \begin_layout Standard
883 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
884 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
890 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
897 to undo some mistake.
898 If you accidently undo too much, use
903 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
918 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimise memory
923 \begin_layout Standard
924 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
925 it was last saved, the
926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
933 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
934 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
937 \begin_layout Standard
952 work on almost everything in LyX.
953 They have some quirks, too.
968 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
969 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
983 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
984 hopefully appreciate how it works.
987 \begin_layout Subsection
991 \begin_layout Standard
992 We're not going to go into all of the mouse bindings here.
993 Some of the other sections of this manual cover specific operations you
994 can do with the mouse.
995 Instead, we're going to cover the most basic mouse operations.
998 \begin_layout Enumerate
1003 \begin_layout Itemize
1008 once anywhere in the edit window.
1009 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1013 \begin_layout Enumerate
1018 \begin_layout Itemize
1024 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1030 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1033 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer.
1036 \begin_layout Itemize
1037 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1042 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1049 \begin_layout Enumerate
1050 Footnotes, Margin Notes, Figure and Table Floats, etc.
1054 \begin_layout Standard
1063 left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1064 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1068 \begin_layout Enumerate
1073 \begin_layout Standard
1078 the right mouse button
1082 to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate the table.
1086 \begin_layout Subsection
1088 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: key bindings}
1095 \begin_layout Standard
1096 Again, we're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1097 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1099 I guarantee you will cuss when you press Control-d to delete a character,
1100 and it starts up a DVI previewer instead (or vice versa).
1103 \begin_layout Standard
1130 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1134 \begin_layout Labeling
1135 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1140 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1141 If you don't understand this, go read Sections
1142 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parindentintro}
1147 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:par-environments}
1151 , especially Section\InsetSpace ~
1153 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parenvlists}
1159 If you're still confused, look in the
1166 \begin_layout Labeling
1167 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1180 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1181 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1184 \begin_layout Labeling
1185 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1196 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1197 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1201 \begin_layout Labeling
1202 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1217 you have your keyboard set up correctly under the X Windows System,
1221 works as expected and
1225 deletes the character under the cursor [if no text is selected].
1229 \begin_layout Standard
1230 If you haven't set up your keyboard under X, or have no idea what we mean
1231 by that, go read section
1232 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:x-win-keys}
1237 You'll save yourself a lot of headaches.
1241 \begin_layout Standard
1242 Then there are the modifier keys:
1245 \begin_layout Labeling
1246 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1251 This has a couple of different uses, depending on which keys it's used
1252 in combination with:
1256 \begin_layout Itemize
1265 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1268 \begin_layout Itemize
1277 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1280 \begin_layout Itemize
1289 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1293 \begin_layout Labeling
1294 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1299 Use this with any of the motion keys to select the text between the old
1300 and new cursor positions.
1303 \begin_layout Labeling
1304 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1309 This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless your keyboard has a distinct
1311 Unfortunately, X sometimes has their functionality swapped, so if you have
1312 both keys, you will need to do a little trial and error to find out which
1313 one actually performs the
1318 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1320 menu accelerator keys
1323 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1324 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1328 \begin_layout Standard
1329 For example, the sequence
1330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1347 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1373 \begin_layout Standard
1374 There are also other things bound to the
1378 key, but you'll have to check in the
1390 \begin_layout Standard
1391 Hopefully, you'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as
1392 you use LyX, because most mouse actions will prompt a small message in
1393 the minibuffer which describe the name of the action, you've just triggered,
1394 and any existing keybindings for that action.
1395 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1396 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1397 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1400 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1413 followed by a capital
1419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1437 \begin_layout Section
1438 Using LyX with Other Programs
1441 \begin_layout Subsection
1442 Importing ASCII files
1445 \begin_layout Standard
1446 You can import text from an ASCII file using the
1451 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1456 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1471 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1476 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1489 \begin_layout Standard
1495 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1500 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1509 puts each line of the file into its own LyX paragraph.
1510 This is useful if you're importing a text file with a simple list in it.
1511 However, if your text file contains paragraphs in it, LyX will mangle the
1512 paragraphs if you use this form of import.
1515 \begin_layout Standard
1521 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1526 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1536 preserves paragraphs in text files.
1537 Often in a text file, you didn't put the contents of an entire paragraph
1543 to break up the paragraph into separate lines.
1549 , LyX won't mangle such paragraphs.
1550 Anything between two consecutive blank lines goes into its own LyX paragraph.
1551 Remember: you must make sure there is a
1555 line between each and every paragraph in your text file.
1556 If not, LyX might end up merging two paragraphs.
1559 \begin_layout Subsection
1560 Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs
1563 \begin_layout Standard
1576 operations will transfer text to and from LyX.
1577 You can copy text from LyX to another window in this way: Select the text
1578 that you want to copy, then go to the destination window and paste the
1579 text with the middle mouse button.
1583 \begin_layout Standard
1584 Pasting text into LyX also works much the same way as in X.
1585 Select the text with the mouse in another X window.
1586 Go to the Lyx window and paste the text with the middle mouse button.
1589 \begin_layout Chapter
1590 LyX Setup and Supporting Applications
1593 \begin_layout Section
1597 \begin_layout Standard
1598 If you're using LyX on a system someone else has set up for you, then you
1599 can safely skip this chapter.
1600 It describes all of the things you need beyond the LyX binary and files
1601 distributed with it.
1604 \begin_layout Standard
1605 If you're installing LyX on your system,
1607 you should read the README's that came with the LyX distribution and then
1614 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1627 This chapter does not describe installation or setup of the LyX binary
1628 [Well, not everything\SpecialChar \ldots{}
1630 It does describe all of the things you'll need to use LyX to its fullest.
1634 \begin_layout Standard
1635 This is basically where we decided to document a bunch of info about running
1636 LyX, including what other programs you'll need to make LyX useful.
1644 \begin_layout Section
1646 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:setup}
1653 \begin_layout Standard
1654 There are two ways to run LyX.
1655 The first way is to install LyX and all of its support files on your system.
1656 Of course, you need root (administrator) privileges to do that.
1657 The second way to run LyX doesn't require root access, letting you
1658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1665 LyX somewhere in your own account.
1666 LyX will automatically detect where it is as long as the supporting directories
1667 are put in the correct places.
1670 \begin_layout Standard
1671 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
1672 without resorting to configuration files.
1673 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
1674 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
1675 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
1682 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
1683 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally and
1684 which are not seen by LyX.
1685 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
1690 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1698 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
1699 As far as LaTeX classes and packages are concerned, you will find information
1700 about what has been found under
1705 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1716 \begin_layout Standard
1717 The second set of settings that you might want to change comprises all the
1718 document-level setting that you can change via the
1723 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1731 To do this, open a scrap document, set all these options according to your
1732 taste and save them with the
1739 Document\InsetSpace ~
1750 This will create a template named
1754 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you open a document without template
1755 such that the settings are automatically set-up as you defined them.
1758 \begin_layout Standard
1759 There are many other user-configurable options that you can feed to LyX.
1760 Upon startup, LyX reads a global options file called
1765 It will then attempt to read a file called
1773 \begin_layout Standard
1778 file is found in different directories on different systems.
1779 This directory is called LyX's
1788 To find out where it is, use
1793 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1800 (You may set up an alternative user directory from the command line, using
1813 \begin_layout Standard
1819 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1826 dialog can be used to change these options; the document
1830 contains more information about the preferences dialog and these configuration
1834 \begin_layout Section
1835 Setting Up the X Keyboard [obsolescent]
1836 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:x-win-keys}
1843 \begin_layout Standard
1844 To use LyX properly, X
1848 be set up correctly.
1849 This is especially vital if you're using the international support features
1850 of LyX and want to use non-English keyboard mappings.
1851 On modern distributions, this likely has been taken care of, but if not,
1852 you must do this yourself.
1853 Administrators of large systems often neglect this, so don't assume that
1854 you're safe if you're using a large system.
1855 Also ordinary users can instruct X how to use his or her keyboard.
1858 \begin_layout Subsection
1859 xmodmap and xkeycaps
1862 \begin_layout Standard
1863 First of all read the man pages for these two programs.
1864 They are your best friends when you are trying to set up X key mapping
1866 If you don't have them, install them.
1869 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1873 \begin_layout Standard
1874 This document contains no information on how to use
1888 To load the new X keyboard mappings, place the command
1890 xmodmap\InsetSpace ~
1893 somewhere in your startup scripts [e.g.
1913 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1917 \begin_layout Standard
1918 This program brings up a graphical version of your keyboard, allows you
1919 to make modifications, and then spits those modifications out to the standard
1920 output in a form readable by
1925 It is very useful when you're trying to design a new
1929 file, though it will require you to do a bit of cut-and-pasting.
1932 \begin_layout Subsection
1933 Modifiers and Mode_switch
1936 \begin_layout Standard
1937 LyX supports three modifiers: Shift [
1950 Moreover, if one of the keys of your keyboard is configured as a
1954 key, then you can use it to enter some characters not available on your
1956 This compose key can be used either as a modifier (like
1964 ) or as a prefix key.
1965 Here are some examples of what you can do with a
1972 \begin_layout Itemize
1978 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
1984 \begin_layout Itemize
1990 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
1996 \begin_layout Itemize
2002 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
2008 \begin_layout Itemize
2014 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
2020 \begin_layout Standard
2021 This input method is particularly handy when you use accented characters
2022 only from time to time.
2023 It works by default for latin1 characters, but other input methods will
2024 be used if you setup your locale correctly.
2027 \begin_layout Subsection
2028 Helpful Hints and Tips
2031 \begin_layout Standard
2032 First, open up two xterminals.
2033 Use one to edit a new
2046 , remap your keyboard the way you want it.
2051 to output the new keymap.
2056 will spit a bunch of stuff on the xterm you executed it from.
2057 Just copy and paste all of that into your
2061 file, and you're done.
2065 \begin_layout Standard
2066 You could also save yourself some typing by executing
2071 This will create a usable map file.
2079 \begin_layout Standard
2080 Also, there are some things you can do to help you get oriented.
2081 Try executing the command
2086 This will show you all of the currently active modifiers.
2089 xmodmap -v -pke | more
2091 to see which keycode numbers are mapped to which symbolic names.
2092 It will also give you some idea of the syntax of the
2099 \begin_layout Standard
2100 There's one thing you'll need to check.
2113 defined as the same key symbol by X! Note that giving these two keys unique
2114 symbol names will not necessarily alter the behavior of your programs.
2123 to the same operation.
2125 Other programs, however, use
2133 for different operations.
2134 LyX is one of these programs, and if you have
2142 labeled with the same key symbol name, you'll have trouble using LyX.
2145 \begin_layout Section
2149 \begin_layout Standard
2150 If you want to do more with LyX than simply create documents and spit out
2155 files, you'll need LaTeX.
2158 \begin_layout Standard
2159 In case you were wondering, LaTeX is a markup language front end for TeX,
2160 a document preparation system invented in 1984 by Donald Knuth.
2164 \begin_layout Standard
2165 A note about pronunciation: TeX originated from the Greek letters,
2166 \begin_inset Formula $\tau\epsilon\chi$
2170 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2177 That's how you pronounce
2178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2193 [If you're American, just pronounce the
2194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2214 TeX takes a set of commands in an ASCII file and converts it to a
2215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2222 format, or Dvi, for short.
2223 The Dvi file can then be sent to printers.
2224 TeX is programmable, and LaTeX is nothing but a [really huge] set of TeX
2226 LaTeX will typically come as part of a TeX distribution, so all you need
2230 \begin_layout Standard
2231 Note that on some old systems you may find that only LaTeX 2.09 is installed
2232 (as opposed to the more current LaTeX2e).
2233 LyX cannot be used with LaTeX 2.09.
2236 \begin_layout Standard
2237 If you're using Linux, LaTeX2e should have come with your distribution.
2238 For other systems, you might need to install LaTeX yourself.You can obtain
2239 a LaTeX distribution (and anything and everything related to TeX and LaTeX)
2240 from a Comprehensive TeX Archive Network (CTAN) mirror.
2241 A complete list of mirrors may be found at
2244 \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ctan.org}
2249 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ctan}
2256 \begin_layout Section
2257 Dvips and Ghostscript
2260 \begin_layout Subsection
2264 \begin_layout Standard
2265 There's one more step you need to take if you want to print your LyX documents.
2266 Obviously, you'll need to make sure your printer is configured [see next
2268 You'll also need to install these programs (or compatibles), if you don't
2272 \begin_layout Itemize
2278 \begin_layout Itemize
2284 \begin_layout Itemize
2290 \begin_layout Itemize
2296 \begin_layout Standard
2297 The latter two programs are previewer for files in Dvi and PostScript®
2301 \begin_layout Standard
2302 PostScript® is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated, and
2303 is the main page description language in the UN*X world.
2310 If you don't know what a DVI file is, you've probably also never worked
2311 with LaTeX and should read the
2315 document before proceeding further.
2320 converts DVI files into PostScript, which is the format most printers use
2322 For those of you using dot-matrix and inkjet printers, you'll want to filter
2323 the PostScript through
2327 , which is capable of creating output for a variety of printers.
2328 The following section on printer setup describes how to do this automatically
2329 every time you print.
2330 For now, we'll concentrate on
2337 \begin_layout Subsection
2339 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:dvipsconfig}
2346 \begin_layout Standard
2347 Whether you'll be running LyX on a large system or a Linux box at home,
2348 you should configure
2358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2365 into a file, or send output directly to the printer, depending on how it's
2367 If it is set up to print to a file, and if no filename is specified, it
2381 set up to send output to the default printer.
2382 For LyX, you'll want the flexibility to do both.
2385 \begin_layout Standard
2386 If you are not a mood to configure
2390 to adapt its output to your printer, you can safely skip this section.
2391 Be warned however that the output will not match the quality that you could
2392 expect from your printer.
2393 At least, it will print.
2396 \begin_layout Standard
2397 If you are using teTeX (a TeX distribution which is particularly popular
2398 on Linux), you should run the program
2403 To make the name of a new printer recognized by
2407 you should then select menu entry
2412 Enter the required parameters and, before exiting, remember to select the
2420 \begin_layout Standard
2421 Let's turn now to manual configuration: in order to inform
2425 how to automagically convert a
2433 file adapted to printer
2437 , you need to have a config-file,
2438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2449 lying around somewhere.
2460 /usr/lib/texmf/dvips
2462 in most TeX distributions.
2463 Your system will probably be different, of course, so just look under the
2464 main TeX directory for a subdirectory called
2465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2476 It'll be there somewhere.
2479 \begin_layout Standard
2480 Typically, there will be at least one config-file:
2485 This file is the default configuration file, which is
2493 \begin_layout Standard
2494 In particular, this file is not necessarily connected to the existence of
2505 Read this file and see what options could need to be changed for your particula
2511 containing only the relevant lines.
2515 \begin_layout Standard
2516 There's at least one thing you need to do to the config-file.
2517 There may exist a line that looks like,
2518 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2526 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2529 [without the quotes, of course\SpecialChar \ldots{}
2532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2540 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2543 , so that the output is sent by default to printer
2548 However, you should probably investigate the entries
2549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2569 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2572 , which define respectively the Metafont mode and the resolution of the
2574 If you do not know what a Metafont mode is, you can see it as a printer
2575 driver: it adapts the design of TeX fonts to ensure that they give the
2576 best possible result on your printer.
2577 Be warned however that, if you define different Metafont modes for different
2582 will generate several copies of your TeX fonts on disk, and these take
2586 \begin_layout Standard
2587 Once you are satisfied that your printers are correctly configured, you
2588 should tell LyX to make use of this configuration.
2589 To do this, you should launch the
2598 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2609 tab, and set the entries
2622 \begin_layout Standard
2623 You can use as many configuration files as you like, one for each of your
2625 The default printer for LyX can be specified from the
2636 environment variable.
2637 You can also choose the desired printer from inside LyX, as described in
2639 Once you've done all that, you can print to either a PostScript printer
2644 \begin_layout Standard
2645 If your printer doesn't understand PostScript®, you'll need to use
2649 as a filter for your print spooler.
2650 That's covered in numerous HOWTO's and manuals.
2651 We also have a section that covers a little bit of this.
2654 \begin_layout Standard
2655 Some people don't seem to like using the
2664 As alternative, you can use a program that converts the DVI file directly
2665 into your printer language.
2666 You can specify this program in the
2671 There is a major disadvantage to this method.
2672 You can't include any PostScript files, such as graphics, in your documents,
2673 since the printer-specific conversion programs don't understand PostScript®.
2674 For that reason, the LyX team highly recommends using
2686 \begin_layout Subsection
2687 Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview
2690 \begin_layout Standard
2704 files, while the later interfaces with
2708 to allow you to view PostScript files.
2711 \begin_layout Standard
2712 A quick note on both of these programs.
2713 Both automatically update themselves if the viewed file
2717 \begin_layout Standard
2726 file, not the files used to make these.
2732 You can also force an update.
2733 So, once you've opened one of these two viewers, there's no reason to close
2735 Also, both programs are functionally the same, providing all of the same
2739 \begin_layout Standard
2740 The LyX team recommends using
2744 for fine tuning documents.
2745 Why? It's faster; there's one less layer of processing you need to do before
2746 you can view the changes.
2750 \begin_layout Enumerate
2755 to preview a document from LyX, and leave it running.
2758 \begin_layout Enumerate
2759 Make changes to the document using LyX.
2762 \begin_layout Enumerate
2763 To view those changes, just choose
2768 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2773 pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2781 When LaTeX's all done, click on the
2792 \begin_layout Standard
2793 Now, this doesn't mean
2802 is better suited to those occasions where you
2806 view the PostScript version of the document.
2807 For repeated changes that aren't PostScript® dependent, you're better off
2813 There is an alternative to
2817 which sports a much better interface:
2822 LyX will automatically use it instead of
2829 \begin_layout Section
2833 \begin_layout Standard
2836 Anyone working on a large system shouldn't have any problems here.
2837 Your sysadmin [or you, if you are the sysadmin] should already have the
2838 printers set up for your system.
2839 All you need to do is find out the name of the printer you want to use,
2844 as described in the last section.
2847 \begin_layout Standard
2850 Those of you using Linux, however, may have a bit more work to do.
2851 Many people now install Linux from an ISO image of one of the popular distribut
2853 They follow the install instructions, get Linux up and running, but never
2854 realize that they need to set up their printer.
2857 The more desktop friendly distributions may do this for you automatically.
2858 However, if you find that you need to do this by hand, we've written a
2859 little something to help you out with that; check out the
2860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2878 \begin_layout Chapter
2882 \begin_layout Section
2886 \begin_layout Subsection
2890 \begin_layout Standard
2891 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2896 of document you want to edit.
2897 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2898 numbering schemes, and so on.
2899 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2900 and format the title of your document differently.
2903 \begin_layout Standard
2908 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2909 By setting the document class, you automagically select these properties,
2910 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2911 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2912 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
2915 \begin_layout Standard
2916 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2917 how to fine-tune some of their properties.
2920 \begin_layout Subsection
2921 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:doc-classes}
2925 The Various Document Classes
2928 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2932 \begin_layout Standard
2933 There are five standard document classes in LyX.
2937 \begin_layout Description
2938 Article for basic articles
2941 \begin_layout Description
2942 Report for basic reports
2945 \begin_layout Description
2946 Book for writing a book
2949 \begin_layout Description
2950 Letter for US-style letters
2953 \begin_layout Description
2954 Slides is used to make transparencies
2957 \begin_layout Standard
2958 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2959 a LaTeX setup that supports them:
2962 \begin_layout Description
2963 Aapaper Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysic
2967 \begin_layout Description
2968 Amsart Journal articles in the style and format used by the AMS [American
2969 Mathematical Society].
2970 There are three amsart layouts available.
2971 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems,
2975 , that prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2976 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2977 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2982 sequential numbering
2983 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2986 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2987 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2988 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2989 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2992 \begin_layout Description
2993 Amsbook Books in the style and format used by the AMS.
2994 Only the standard numbering scheme is provided, under the assumption that
2995 you would not want to number results consecutively throughout a book, and
2996 that you would need to number results.
2999 \begin_layout Description
3000 Dinbrief für Briefe nach deutscher Art
3003 \begin_layout Description
3004 Foils is used to make transparencies, but is better than
3009 \begin_layout Description
3010 Linuxdoc Used with the SGML-tools package (formerly known as LinuxDoc).
3011 It allows LyX to produce SGML output.
3012 SGML is a markup language and is the predecessor to HTML\SpecialChar \@.
3014 package allows you to convert SGML to HTML or to the format used by
3021 \begin_layout Description
3022 Paper for use with the
3026 LaTeX document class [not in all LaTeX distributions]
3029 \begin_layout Description
3030 Revtex is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
3031 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
3033 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
3036 \begin_layout Standard
3037 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
3039 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
3044 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
3045 of the document classes.
3048 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3052 \begin_layout Standard
3053 You can select a class using the
3060 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
3066 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
3070 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3074 \begin_layout Standard
3075 Each class has a default set of options.
3076 Here's a quick table describing them:
3079 \begin_layout Standard
3080 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3086 \begin_layout Standard
3088 \begin_inset Tabular
3089 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="5">
3091 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
3092 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3093 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3094 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3095 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
3096 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
3097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3100 \begin_layout Standard
3106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3109 \begin_layout Standard
3124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3127 \begin_layout Standard
3142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3145 \begin_layout Standard
3160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3163 \begin_layout Standard
3179 <row topline="true">
3180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3183 \begin_layout Standard
3197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3200 \begin_layout Standard
3215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3218 \begin_layout Standard
3233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3236 \begin_layout Standard
3251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3254 \begin_layout Standard
3270 <row topline="true">
3271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3274 \begin_layout Standard
3288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3291 \begin_layout Standard
3306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3309 \begin_layout Standard
3324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3327 \begin_layout Standard
3342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3345 \begin_layout Standard
3361 <row topline="true">
3362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3365 \begin_layout Standard
3379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3382 \begin_layout Standard
3397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3400 \begin_layout Standard
3415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3418 \begin_layout Standard
3433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3436 \begin_layout Standard
3452 <row topline="true">
3453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3456 \begin_layout Standard
3470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3473 \begin_layout Standard
3488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3491 \begin_layout Standard
3506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3509 \begin_layout Standard
3524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3527 \begin_layout Standard
3542 <row topline="true">
3543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3546 \begin_layout Standard
3560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3563 \begin_layout Standard
3578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3581 \begin_layout Standard
3596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3599 \begin_layout Standard
3614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3617 \begin_layout Standard
3633 <row topline="true">
3634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3637 \begin_layout Standard
3651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3654 \begin_layout Standard
3669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3672 \begin_layout Standard
3687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3690 \begin_layout Standard
3705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3708 \begin_layout Standard
3724 <row topline="true">
3725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3728 \begin_layout Standard
3742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3745 \begin_layout Standard
3760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3763 \begin_layout Standard
3778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3781 \begin_layout Standard
3796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3799 \begin_layout Standard
3815 <row topline="true">
3816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3819 \begin_layout Standard
3833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3836 \begin_layout Standard
3851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3854 \begin_layout Standard
3869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3872 \begin_layout Standard
3887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3890 \begin_layout Standard
3905 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
3906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3909 \begin_layout Standard
3923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3926 \begin_layout Standard
3941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3944 \begin_layout Standard
3959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3962 \begin_layout Standard
3977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3980 \begin_layout Standard
4003 \begin_layout Standard
4004 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
4010 \begin_layout Standard
4011 There is no default value of
4020 for any of these classes.
4024 \begin_layout Standard
4025 You're probably also wondering what
4026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4035 There are several paragraph environment used to create section headings.
4036 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
4041 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
4046 Some document classes, such as the three for letters, don't use any section
4056 headings, there are also
4064 headings, and so on.
4065 We'll describe these headings fully in section
4066 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parenvheadings}
4073 \begin_layout Subsection
4074 Fine-tuning the Defaults
4077 \begin_layout Standard
4078 Okay, we know we never told you what most of these
4079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4094 That's what this section is for.
4097 \begin_layout Labeling
4098 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4106 This is another list, containing five options.
4107 It controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page:
4111 \begin_layout Standard
4112 LaTeX does this part.
4121 \begin_layout Labeling
4122 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4127 Use default pagestyle of current class.
4130 \begin_layout Labeling
4131 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4136 No page numbers or headings.
4139 \begin_layout Labeling
4140 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4148 \begin_layout Labeling
4149 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4154 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
4155 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
4156 which is the maximum sectioning level.
4159 \begin_layout Labeling
4160 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4165 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
4171 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
4172 To use the full power of this package, you have to resort to magic codes
4174 Check the documentation for the
4178 package for more details.
4182 \begin_layout Labeling
4183 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4188 No, LyX can't make your printer print on both sides of a sheet of paper!
4189 However, it can use a different format for odd-numbered pages than even-numbere
4195 have a printer that duplexes
4199 \begin_layout Standard
4201 prints on both sides of a sheet of paper
4206 , your page number will always be in the upper right corner of the page
4207 and the left margin will have extra room for a binding.
4211 \begin_layout Standard
4212 There are two radio buttons here:
4216 for single-sided documents,
4220 for double-sided documents.
4224 \begin_layout Labeling
4225 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4230 Yes, this does control how many columns each page has.
4231 You can choose, using the toggle buttons,
4239 for the number of columns.
4244 \begin_layout Standard
4245 Note that LyX won't show two columns on screen.
4246 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
4251 be two columns in the generated output.
4255 \begin_layout Labeling
4256 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4272 takes several options.
4273 LyX sets some of these automatically for you.
4274 This text box allows you to enter in others.
4275 Just type in a comma-separated list of options.
4276 See a good LaTeX book to find out what kinds of additional options you
4280 \begin_layout Labeling
4281 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4286 This has its own section.
4289 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parindentintro}
4293 for a description of what this does.
4296 \begin_layout Subsection
4297 Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins
4300 \begin_layout Standard
4301 There are several other options to set in the
4303 Document\InsetSpace ~
4307 All of them are global options, but they have special purposes and only
4308 affect certain features.
4309 We describe what these options do in the same section that describes the
4310 features they affect.
4313 \begin_layout Standard
4314 There are two options that affect the overall layout of the document, so
4315 we'll describe them here.
4316 You'll find them in the
4327 \begin_layout Labeling
4328 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
4333 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
4351 \begin_layout Labeling
4352 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
4361 What size paper to print on.
4366 \begin_layout Itemize
4372 \begin_layout Itemize
4382 \begin_layout Itemize
4388 \begin_layout Itemize
4394 \begin_layout Itemize
4400 \begin_layout Itemize
4406 \begin_layout Itemize
4413 \begin_layout Standard
4414 Some of these settings require you to have the
4419 This package will also allow you to set the margins in the
4426 \begin_layout Subsection
4430 \begin_layout Standard
4431 If you change a document's class, LyX has to convert
4436 That includes the paragraph environments.
4437 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
4439 Some classes have special paragraph environments, however.
4440 If this is the case, and you change document classes, LyX sets the missing
4441 paragraph environments to
4445 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
4446 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
4447 the conversion and why it failed.
4450 \begin_layout Section
4451 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
4454 \begin_layout Subsection
4456 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parindentintro}
4463 \begin_layout Standard
4464 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
4465 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
4468 \begin_layout Standard
4469 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
4470 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
4471 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
4472 LyX uses the same convention you find among typographers.
4477 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
4483 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
4484 Some people don't like this convention, but if you want to use indented
4485 paragraphs, you'll have to live with it.
4489 \begin_layout Standard
4490 There is a way to force LaTeX to indent all paragraphs.
4491 LyX won't show this, of course, but LaTeX
4496 You'll need to get a special package and insert an appropriate command
4505 \begin_layout Standard
4506 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
4507 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
4509 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
4510 LyX takes care of that.
4511 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
4513 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
4514 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
4515 of a page, and so on.
4519 \begin_layout Standard
4520 Actually, LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
4525 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
4526 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
4530 of these pre-coded spacings.
4531 We'll explain more later.
4534 \begin_layout Subsection
4535 Global Indentation Method
4538 \begin_layout Standard
4539 To select the default method of separating paragraphs, select
4554 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4557 \begin_layout Subsection
4561 \begin_layout Standard
4562 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4568 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4573 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
4576 dialog and toggle the
4583 button to change the state of the current paragraph.
4584 If paragraphs indent by default, this button will be inactive at first.
4585 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4586 button will be completely ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph
4590 \begin_layout Standard
4591 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4592 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4593 Typically, you'll select
4608 for the entire document and edit away.
4611 \begin_layout Subsection
4612 Changing Line Spacing
4615 \begin_layout Standard
4621 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4628 dialog you can choose your line spacing provided you have the
4635 \begin_layout Section
4636 Paragraph Environments
4637 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:par-environments}
4644 \begin_layout Subsection
4648 \begin_layout Standard
4649 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
4652 \begin_layout Standard
4676 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
4677 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4678 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4687 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4690 \begin_layout Standard
4691 A paragraph environment is simply a
4692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4699 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4700 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4701 scheme, labels, and so on.
4702 Additionally, you can
4703 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4707 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4710 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4711 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4712 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4713 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4714 days of typewriters.
4715 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4717 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4720 \begin_layout Standard
4721 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
4723 LyX will change the environment of the
4727 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4728 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4729 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4733 \begin_layout Standard
4742 create a new paragraph using the
4746 paragraph environment.
4748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4755 because this isn't always the case.
4759 \begin_layout Standard
4760 If you are in one of these environments:
4764 \begin_layout Standard
4774 \begin_layout Standard
4778 \begin_layout Standard
4792 \begin_layout Itemize
4798 \begin_layout Itemize
4804 \begin_layout Standard
4808 \begin_layout Standard
4820 \begin_layout Itemize
4826 \begin_layout Itemize
4832 \begin_layout Standard
4836 \begin_layout Standard
4848 \begin_layout Itemize
4854 \begin_layout Itemize
4860 \begin_layout Standard
4864 \begin_layout Standard
4876 \begin_layout Itemize
4882 \begin_layout Standard
4886 \begin_layout Standard
4896 \begin_layout Standard
4897 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4901 , rather than resetting it to
4906 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4911 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4912 and the nesting depth [more on nesting in section
4913 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
4918 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4923 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4924 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4932 \begin_layout Subsection
4936 \begin_layout Standard
4937 The default paragraph environment is
4942 It creates a plain paragraph.
4943 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4944 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now [and most of the ones in
4945 this manual] are in the
4952 \begin_layout Standard
4953 You can nest a paragraph using the
4957 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4965 \begin_layout Subsection
4969 \begin_layout Standard
4970 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name[s] of the
4972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4979 for thanks or contact information.
4980 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4981 page along with today's date.
4982 For other types of documents, the title
4983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4990 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4994 \begin_layout Standard
4995 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
5009 Here's how you use them:
5012 \begin_layout Itemize
5013 Put the title of your document in the
5020 \begin_layout Itemize
5021 Put the author name in the
5028 \begin_layout Itemize
5029 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
5030 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
5036 Note that using this environment is optional.
5037 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
5040 \begin_layout Standard
5041 Be sure to do this at the top of the document.
5042 You can use footnotes to insert
5043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5050 or contact information.
5053 \begin_layout Subsection
5055 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parenvheadings}
5062 \begin_layout Standard
5063 There are nine paragraph environments for producing section headings.
5064 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
5065 All you need to do is decide what you're going to call section 3 of chapter
5069 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5073 \begin_layout Standard
5074 There are 6 numbered types of section headings.
5075 \begin_inset Note Note
5078 \begin_layout Standard
5079 Why no mention of Part ?
5087 \begin_layout Enumerate
5093 \begin_layout Enumerate
5099 \begin_layout Enumerate
5105 \begin_layout Enumerate
5111 \begin_layout Enumerate
5117 \begin_layout Enumerate
5123 \begin_layout Standard
5124 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
5125 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
5126 These headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
5127 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
5128 You group the book into chapters.
5129 LyX does similar grouping:
5132 \begin_layout Itemize
5141 is the maximum sectioning level.
5144 \begin_layout Itemize
5156 \begin_layout Itemize
5168 \begin_layout Itemize
5180 \begin_layout Itemize
5192 \begin_layout Itemize
5204 \begin_layout Standard
5209 not all document types use the
5213 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
5218 is the top-level heading.
5221 \begin_layout Standard
5226 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
5227 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
5229 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
5231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5241 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5245 \begin_layout Standard
5246 There are 3 types of unnumbered section headings.
5250 \begin_layout Enumerate
5256 \begin_layout Enumerate
5262 \begin_layout Enumerate
5268 \begin_layout Standard
5270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5277 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
5278 They work the same as their numbered counterparts.
5281 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5282 Changing the Numbering
5283 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:section-depth}
5290 \begin_layout Standard
5291 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
5292 in the Table of Contents.
5293 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
5295 Certain classes start with
5309 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
5319 This is something you can change.
5322 \begin_layout Standard
5328 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5336 You should see a counter labelled
5338 Section\InsetSpace ~
5347 This counter controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers
5349 Unfortunately, the number you choose with the slider is really goofy, so
5350 here's a table of values and what they do:
5353 \begin_layout Standard
5354 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
5360 \begin_layout Standard
5362 \begin_inset Tabular
5363 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
5365 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
5366 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
5367 <row topline="true">
5368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5371 \begin_layout Standard
5388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5391 \begin_layout Standard
5406 <row bottomline="true">
5407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5410 \begin_layout Standard
5424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5427 \begin_layout Standard
5442 <row topline="true">
5443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5446 \begin_layout Standard
5460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5463 \begin_layout Standard
5472 no numbering of any kind
5478 <row topline="true">
5479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5482 \begin_layout Standard
5496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5499 \begin_layout Standard
5516 <row topline="true">
5517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5520 \begin_layout Standard
5534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5537 \begin_layout Standard
5553 <row topline="true">
5554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5557 \begin_layout Standard
5571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5574 \begin_layout Standard
5590 <row topline="true">
5591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5594 \begin_layout Standard
5608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5611 \begin_layout Standard
5627 <row topline="true">
5628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5631 \begin_layout Standard
5645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5648 \begin_layout Standard
5665 <row topline="true">
5666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5669 \begin_layout Standard
5683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5686 \begin_layout Standard
5703 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
5704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5707 \begin_layout Standard
5721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5724 \begin_layout Standard
5748 \begin_layout Standard
5749 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
5755 \begin_layout Standard
5756 The increasing numbers are cumulative: a setting of
5757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5764 will number parts and chapters, while
5765 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5769 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5772 will number parts, chapters, sections, and subsections.
5773 Of course, if you're using a document class that doesn't use part or chapter
5779 the default article class), then the numbering begins at the
5784 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5796 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5802 \begin_layout Standard
5803 There's another counter in the dialog, called
5807 contents\InsetSpace ~
5811 It works the same way as
5813 Section\InsetSpace ~
5814 numbering\InsetSpace ~
5817 , only it controls which sectioning levels appear in, you guessed it, the
5819 This is a great control to have.
5820 Suppose you wanted to number
5824 sectioning heading, but you only wanted
5836 s in the Table of Contents.
5839 Section\InsetSpace ~
5840 numbering\InsetSpace ~
5844 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5853 Table of contents\InsetSpace ~
5857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5864 and voilà! You're all set.
5867 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5871 \begin_layout Standard
5872 The following information applies to
5911 \begin_layout Itemize
5912 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
5915 \begin_layout Itemize
5916 You can only use inlined math in these environments.
5919 \begin_layout Itemize
5920 You cannot nest other environments into these environments.
5923 \begin_layout Itemize
5924 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
5927 \begin_layout Standard
5928 As for examples of these paragraph environments - look around you! We're
5929 using them everywhere in the manuals.
5932 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5933 Creating an Appendix
5936 \begin_layout Standard
5937 To create an appendix, simply start by adding a new chapter or section heading.
5938 Move the cursor back to the beginning of the heading and select
5943 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5951 ppendix\InsetSpace ~
5955 A red/brown box will be drawn around the remainder of the file to indicate
5956 there is something special about it, and the numerical chapter or section
5957 label(s) will be changed to a letter.
5960 \begin_layout Subsection
5964 \begin_layout Standard
5965 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
5979 Forget the days of changing linespacing and twiddling with margins.
5980 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
5981 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
5982 the text they contain.
5983 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
5991 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5994 \begin_layout Standard
5995 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
6004 when you start a new paragraph.
6005 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
6009 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
6010 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
6011 to change back to the
6015 environment yourself.
6018 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6028 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:quote}
6035 \begin_layout Standard
6036 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
6037 time for the differences.
6046 are identical except for one difference:
6050 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
6059 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
6062 \begin_layout Standard
6063 Here's an example of the
6076 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
6078 See - no indentation!
6082 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
6083 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
6084 the other paragraph.
6087 \begin_layout Standard
6088 That ends that example.
6089 Here's another example, this time in the
6096 \begin_layout Quotation
6102 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
6103 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
6104 the first line, then
6108 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
6112 you were quoting other text.
6115 \begin_layout Quotation
6116 Here's a new paragraph.
6117 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
6118 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
6121 \begin_layout Standard
6122 That was our other example.
6123 As the example notes,
6127 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
6128 They should put quotes in the
6133 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
6137 paragraph environment for quoted text.
6140 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6144 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:verse}
6151 \begin_layout Standard
6156 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
6163 Which I did not rehearse!
6167 It could be much worse.
6168 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
6170 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
6171 indented a bit more than the first.
6172 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
6179 And make things look fine
6188 \begin_layout Standard
6193 does not indent both margins.
6194 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
6195 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
6206 \begin_layout Subsection
6208 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parenvlists}
6215 \begin_layout Standard
6216 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
6226 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
6235 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
6236 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
6237 some general features of all four of them.
6240 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6244 \begin_layout Standard
6245 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
6247 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
6256 reset the environment to
6260 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
6261 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
6262 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
6267 to break paragraphs.
6270 \begin_layout Standard
6271 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
6272 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how its
6274 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
6275 you read all of section
6276 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
6284 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6290 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:itemize}
6297 \begin_layout Standard
6298 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
6302 paragraph environment.
6303 It has the following properties:
6306 \begin_layout Itemize
6307 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
6311 \begin_layout Itemize
6312 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
6315 \begin_layout Itemize
6316 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
6320 \begin_layout Itemize
6321 The items can be any length.
6322 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
6323 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
6330 \begin_layout Itemize
6335 environment inside another
6339 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
6343 \begin_layout Itemize
6344 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
6347 \begin_layout Itemize
6348 LyX always shows the same symbol, an asterisk, on screen.
6351 \begin_layout Itemize
6353 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
6357 for a full explanation of nesting.
6361 \begin_layout Standard
6362 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
6371 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
6374 \begin_layout Standard
6375 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
6376 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
6377 Note that those of you reading this manual online won't see any difference.
6380 \begin_layout Itemize
6381 The label for the first level
6385 is a large black dot, or bullet.
6389 \begin_layout Itemize
6390 The label for the second level is a dash.
6394 \begin_layout Itemize
6395 The label for the third is an asterisk.
6399 \begin_layout Itemize
6400 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
6404 \begin_layout Itemize
6405 Back out to the third level.
6409 \begin_layout Itemize
6410 Back to the second level.
6414 \begin_layout Itemize
6415 Back to the outermost level.
6418 \begin_layout Standard
6419 These are the default labels for an
6424 You can customize these labels in the
6428 \begin_layout Standard
6442 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6456 \begin_layout Standard
6457 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
6458 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
6460 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
6468 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6474 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:enumerate}
6481 \begin_layout Standard
6486 environment is the tool to use to create numbered lists and outlines.
6487 It has these properties:
6490 \begin_layout Enumerate
6491 Each item has a numeral as its label.
6495 \begin_layout Enumerate
6496 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
6500 \begin_layout Enumerate
6501 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
6504 \begin_layout Enumerate
6509 environment resets the counter to one.
6512 \begin_layout Enumerate
6525 \begin_layout Enumerate
6526 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
6527 Items can be any length.
6530 \begin_layout Enumerate
6531 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
6534 \begin_layout Enumerate
6535 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
6538 \begin_layout Enumerate
6539 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
6543 \begin_layout Standard
6556 show the different labels for each item.
6557 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
6564 \begin_layout Enumerate
6565 The first level of an
6569 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
6573 \begin_layout Enumerate
6574 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
6578 \begin_layout Enumerate
6579 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
6583 \begin_layout Enumerate
6584 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
6587 \begin_layout Enumerate
6588 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
6593 \begin_layout Enumerate
6594 Back to the third level
6598 \begin_layout Enumerate
6599 Back to the second level.
6603 \begin_layout Enumerate
6604 Back to the outermost level.
6607 \begin_layout Standard
6608 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
6613 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
6618 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
6619 not on the LyX screen.
6622 \begin_layout Standard
6623 There is more to nesting
6627 environments than we've stated here.
6633 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
6637 to learn more about nesting.
6640 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6646 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:descrlist}
6653 \begin_layout Standard
6654 Unlike the previous two environments, the
6658 list has no fixed label.
6659 Instead, LyX uses the first
6660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6667 of the first line as the label.
6671 \begin_layout Description
6672 Example: This is an example of the
6679 \begin_layout Standard
6680 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
6684 \begin_layout Standard
6685 Now, you're probably wondering what we mean by,
6686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6689 uses the first 'word'.
6690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6697 key does not add a whitespace character, but separates words from one another.
6706 key tells LyX to end the label if we're at the beginning of the first line
6710 \begin_layout Standard
6711 However, what if you want or need to use more than one word in the label
6716 environment? Simple: use a
6727 Special\InsetSpace ~
6732 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6737 otected\InsetSpace ~
6750 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:hspace}
6754 for more info.] Here's an example:
6757 \begin_layout Description
6759 Example: This one shows how to use a
6761 Protected\InsetSpace ~
6771 \begin_layout Description
6772 Usage: You should use the
6776 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
6777 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
6779 It's not a good idea to use a
6783 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
6784 You're better off using
6796 paragraphs into them.
6799 \begin_layout Description
6800 Nesting: You can, of course, nest
6804 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6808 \begin_layout Standard
6809 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
6810 them from the first line.
6813 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6819 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:lyxlist}
6826 \begin_layout Standard
6831 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
6835 \begin_layout Standard
6836 Now, if you jumped here without reading sections
6837 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:itemize}
6842 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:descrlist}
6855 create numbered lists.
6860 does, and it's documented in section
6861 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:enumerate}
6869 \begin_layout Standard
6878 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
6879 There are some key differences between this list environment and the other
6883 \begin_layout Labeling
6884 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6886 labels LyX uses the first
6887 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6891 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6894 of each line as the item label.
6899 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
6900 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
6901 blank as described above.
6904 \begin_layout Labeling
6905 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6906 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
6907 the body of the item text.
6908 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
6909 label width plus a little extra space.
6913 \begin_layout Labeling
6914 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6916 width LyX uses one of two things for the label width: the actual width
6917 of the label, or the default width, whichever is larger.
6918 If the actual width is larger, then the label
6919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6926 into the first line.
6927 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6928 margin of the rest of the item text.
6931 \begin_layout Labeling
6932 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6933 default\InsetSpace ~
6934 width You can very easily set this default width.
6935 It's quite painless, actually.
6936 So, you can easily ensure that the text of all items in a
6940 environment have the same left margin.
6943 \begin_layout Labeling
6944 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6945 uses You should use the
6949 environment the same way you'd use as
6953 list: when you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6959 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6963 \begin_layout Labeling
6964 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6965 nesting You can nest
6969 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6971 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6973 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
6977 to learn about nesting.
6980 \begin_layout Standard
6981 As you can see, this is a feature-packed paragraph environment!
6984 \begin_layout Standard
6985 To change the default width of the label, select the items in the list to
6987 You can also simply move the cursor into a
6991 item if you want to change only its label width.
6997 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7002 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
7016 box determines the default label width.
7017 If you really, really want to, you can use the text of your largest label
7018 here, but you don't need to.
7019 We recommend using the letter
7020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7028 It's the widest character and is a standard unit of width in LaTeX.
7029 The default label width in the example
7034 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7050 as your unit of width in the
7055 box has one more advantage: you don't need to keep changing the contents
7061 every time you alter a label in a
7068 \begin_layout Standard
7069 There's yet another feature of the
7073 environment we need to tell you about.
7074 As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item labels by default.
7075 You can use additional
7079 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
7085 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:hspace}
7090 Here are some examples:
7093 \begin_layout Labeling
7094 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
7095 Left The default for
7102 \begin_layout Labeling
7103 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
7110 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
7113 \begin_layout Labeling
7114 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
7123 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
7126 \begin_layout Standard
7127 Don't worry if you have no idea what
7132 Just remember that you can use them to customize the look of the
7139 \begin_layout Standard
7140 That does it for the four paragraph environments for making lists.
7141 Oh - did we mention that you should read about nesting environments in
7143 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
7147 if you want to use any of these list environments?
7150 \begin_layout Subsection
7154 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7167 \begin_layout Standard
7168 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7179 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7180 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7181 In contrast, you can use the
7190 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7191 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7195 \begin_layout Standard
7196 Of course, you're not limited to using
7211 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7212 some European academic papers.
7215 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7217 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:adress_usage}
7224 \begin_layout Standard
7229 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7230 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7236 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7237 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7238 Here's an example of each:
7241 \begin_layout Right Address
7248 When is it? What is today?
7251 \begin_layout Standard
7258 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7259 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7260 Here's an example of the
7267 \begin_layout Address
7270 Where do I send this
7272 Your post office and country
7275 \begin_layout Standard
7276 As you can see, both
7285 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7286 Speaking of which, if you hit
7290 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7296 This makes sense, however, since
7304 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7315 Special\InsetSpace ~
7320 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7334 menu] to start a new line in an
7346 \begin_layout Subsection
7350 \begin_layout Standard
7351 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7352 or list of references.
7353 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7356 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7362 \begin_layout Standard
7367 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7372 use this environment anywhere, but you really
7376 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7381 environment is only useful in the
7382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7394 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7397 document classes [as well as
7398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7405 which is just a specialized version of
7406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7419 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7422 document class ignores the
7426 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7441 \begin_layout Standard
7446 environment does several things for you.
7447 First, it puts the centered label
7448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7456 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7458 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7459 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7460 the subsequent text.
7461 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7462 If your document is in the
7463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7470 class, the abstract actually appears on a separate page in the printed
7471 version of the file.
7474 \begin_layout Standard
7475 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7483 reset the paragraph environment.
7484 The new paragraph will still be in the
7489 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7490 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7493 \begin_layout Standard
7494 We'd love to give you an example of the
7498 environment, but we can't, since this document is in the
7499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7507 If you've never heard of an
7508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7512 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7515 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7518 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7524 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bibliography}
7531 \begin_layout Standard
7536 environment is used to list references.
7541 use this environment anywhere, but you really
7545 only use it at the end of the document.
7546 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7550 in anything else or vice versa.
7554 \begin_layout Standard
7555 When you first open a
7559 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7575 depending on the document class.
7576 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7577 Each paragraph of the
7581 environment is a bibliography entry.
7590 reset the paragraph environment.
7591 Each new paragraph is still in the
7598 \begin_layout Standard
7607 of each paragraph, you will see a gray button showing a number.
7608 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
7617 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
7619 For example, suppose your first entry in the bibliography was a book about
7621 We could choose the key
7622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7630 You can also give a label, which will be displayed in the gray inset box.
7633 \begin_layout Standard
7638 field isn't useless.
7639 You can refer to your bibliography entries using the
7644 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7652 Just choose the key inside in the available keys list, then add a reference
7653 by clicking on the left arrow, which will add it to the selected keys list.
7654 Multiple references can be placed by selecting more than one key.
7659 appears at the end of this document.
7661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7665 \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexguide}
7670 \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite[Chapter 3]{latexcompanion}
7675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7678 is an example of how to cite two of the entries in it.
7679 In the second one, we used the
7688 field of the citation dialog to add the text
7689 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7713 that you see on screen will be replaced in print by the number or the label
7714 of the bibliography entry.
7717 \begin_layout Standard
7718 The more advanced LaTeX bibliography package BibTeX is also supported by
7720 For a description of how to use it, please refer to the
7722 Extended LyX Features
7727 \begin_layout Subsection
7731 \begin_layout Standard
7732 There are three standard paragraph environments that simply don't fit any
7733 category, as they are very specialized for a particular purpose.
7734 We'll point out the highlights and uses of each.
7737 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7743 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:captionlayout}
7750 \begin_layout Standard
7755 environment is the default paragraph environment for
7766 On the LyX screen, you'll see either the label
7767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7782 , depending on which type of
7787 The actual reference number is substituted in this label in the printed
7791 \begin_layout Standard
7792 You can't really nest things into a
7797 Additionally, hitting
7801 resets the paragraph environment to
7809 can only be a single paragraph.
7812 \begin_layout Standard
7817 environment outside of a
7829 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures}
7834 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables}
7838 for more information on
7852 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7858 \begin_layout Standard
7863 environment is another LyX extension.
7864 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7869 key as a fixed whitespace;
7873 \begin_layout Standard
7884 Protected\InsetSpace ~
7887 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7892 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7893 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
7915 reset the paragraph environment.
7916 So, when you finish using the
7920 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7929 environment inside of others.
7932 \begin_layout Standard
7933 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7936 \begin_layout Itemize
7941 at the beginning of a new paragraph [i.e.
7953 \begin_layout Itemize
7966 \begin_layout Itemize
7971 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7978 \begin_layout Itemize
7987 \begin_layout Itemize
7988 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7989 You must put at least one
7993 in any line you want blank.
7994 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7997 \begin_layout Itemize
7998 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
8002 since that will insert
8007 You get the typewriter double quotes with
8015 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
8018 \begin_layout Standard
8022 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8026 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8030 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8034 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8038 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8044 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8048 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8052 \begin_layout Standard
8053 This is just the standard
8054 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8065 \begin_layout Standard
8070 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
8071 rc-files, and so on.
8072 Use it only in those very, very special cases where you need to generate
8073 text as if you used a typewriter.
8076 \begin_layout Section
8077 Nesting Environments
8078 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:nest}
8085 \begin_layout Subsection
8089 \begin_layout Standard
8090 Throughout the previous sections, we've been nagging you to
8091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8094 go read Section\InsetSpace ~
8096 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
8101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8104 So, you're probably wondering what the big deal is.
8107 \begin_layout Standard
8108 The big deal is that LyX differs rather strongly from the traditional
8109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8113 processor-as-overglorified-typewriter
8114 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8118 With a typewriter, text is merely ink on a page.
8119 Most word processors aren't much better, treating text as pixels on the
8120 screen and bytes in memory.
8121 In contrast, LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context
8122 and specific properties.
8123 However, what if you wanted one
8124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8131 to inherit some of the properties of another
8132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8136 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8142 \begin_layout Standard
8143 Here's a more specific example: outlines.
8144 You have three main points in your outline, but point #2 also has two subpoints.
8145 In other words, you have a list
8149 of another list, with the inner list
8150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8160 \begin_layout Enumerate
8164 \begin_layout Enumerate
8169 \begin_layout Enumerate
8173 \begin_layout Enumerate
8178 \begin_layout Enumerate
8182 \begin_layout Standard
8183 How do you put a list inside of a list? By now, the answer should be obvious:
8184 you nest one list inside the other.
8188 \begin_layout Standard
8189 How to nest an environment is quite simple.
8195 ncrease\InsetSpace ~
8196 Environment\InsetSpace ~
8204 ecrease\InsetSpace ~
8205 Environment\InsetSpace ~
8215 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
8216 will tell you how far you are nested).
8219 \begin_layout Standard
8220 You can also use the convenient key bindings
8230 \begin_layout Standard
8241 are alternatives, if you prefer those bindings
8248 to change the nesting level.
8249 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
8250 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
8254 \begin_layout Standard
8255 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
8256 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
8257 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
8258 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
8259 It's hard to describe what exactly LyX does in this case.
8260 That depends specifically on what your text looks like.
8261 Your best bet is to simply play with changing the nesting depth and see
8265 \begin_layout Standard
8266 Nesting isn't just limited to lists.
8267 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
8269 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
8272 \begin_layout Subsection
8273 What You Can and Can't Nest
8276 \begin_layout Standard
8277 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
8278 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
8281 \begin_layout Standard
8282 The question of nesting is a bit more complicated than a simple yes or no,
8283 can you or can't you.
8284 There's also the question of how.
8285 Can you nest this environment into anything else? Can you nest another
8286 environment into it? A
8287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8294 to one of these doesn't guarantee a
8295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8305 \begin_layout Standard
8306 The paragraph environments in LyX can do one of three things when it comes
8308 First, an environment may be completely unnestable.
8309 Second, there are environments that are fully nestable.
8310 You can nest them inside of things and you can also nest other things inside
8312 There is one last type of environment.
8313 You can nest them into other environments, but that's it.
8314 You can't nest anything into them.
8317 \begin_layout Standard
8318 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
8319 environments have them:
8323 \begin_layout Standard
8324 For some odd reason, LyX allows you to fully nest both
8333 Also, LyX allows you to nest
8345 into other environments.
8347 LaTeX may barf if you try it.
8348 Then again, it may not.
8349 We don't know for certain.
8350 However, it makes no sense contextually to perform any nesting with these
8351 environments, so why would you ever want to?
8359 \begin_layout Description
8360 Unnestable Can't nest them.
8361 Can't nest into them.
8365 \begin_layout Itemize
8371 \begin_layout Itemize
8377 \begin_layout Itemize
8383 \begin_layout Itemize
8390 \begin_layout Description
8392 Nestable You can nest them.
8393 You can nest other things into them.
8397 \begin_layout Itemize
8403 \begin_layout Itemize
8409 \begin_layout Itemize
8415 \begin_layout Itemize
8421 \begin_layout Itemize
8427 \begin_layout Itemize
8433 \begin_layout Itemize
8439 \begin_layout Itemize
8445 \begin_layout Itemize
8452 \begin_layout Description
8453 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
8454 You can't nest anything into them.
8458 \begin_layout Itemize
8464 \begin_layout Itemize
8470 \begin_layout Itemize
8478 \begin_layout Itemize
8484 \begin_layout Itemize
8490 \begin_layout Itemize
8498 \begin_layout Itemize
8504 \begin_layout Itemize
8510 \begin_layout Itemize
8516 \begin_layout Itemize
8522 \begin_layout Itemize
8528 \begin_layout Itemize
8534 \begin_layout Itemize
8540 \begin_layout Itemize
8547 \begin_layout Itemize
8553 \begin_layout Itemize
8560 \begin_layout Subsection
8561 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8562 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:table-and-fig-nesting}
8569 \begin_layout Standard
8570 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8571 affected by nesting anyhow.
8575 \begin_layout Itemize
8579 \begin_layout Itemize
8583 \begin_layout Itemize
8587 \begin_layout Standard
8588 [Note: if you put a figure or a table in a
8592 , this is no longer true.
8593 See below or look in sections
8594 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures}
8599 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables}
8606 \begin_layout Standard
8607 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8608 Well, you can't inline a table, but you can inline math and figures.
8609 If a figure or an equation is inlined, it goes wherever the paragraph it's
8613 \begin_layout Standard
8614 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8619 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8622 of its own, it behaves just like a
8623 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8627 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8630 paragraph environment.
8631 You can nest it into any environment, but you [obviously] can't nest anything
8635 \begin_layout Standard
8636 Here's an example with a table:
8639 \begin_layout Enumerate
8644 \begin_layout Enumerate
8645 This is (a) and it's nested.
8649 \begin_layout Standard
8650 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8656 \begin_layout Standard
8658 \begin_inset Tabular
8659 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8661 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
8662 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
8663 <row topline="true">
8664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8667 \begin_layout Standard
8682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8685 \begin_layout Standard
8701 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8705 \begin_layout Standard
8720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8723 \begin_layout Standard
8746 \begin_layout Standard
8747 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8754 \begin_layout Enumerate
8756 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8760 \begin_layout Enumerate
8764 \begin_layout Standard
8765 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8768 \begin_layout Enumerate
8773 \begin_layout Enumerate
8774 This is (a) and it's nested.
8778 \begin_layout Standard
8779 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8785 \begin_layout Standard
8787 \begin_inset Tabular
8788 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8790 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
8791 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
8792 <row topline="true">
8793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8796 \begin_layout Standard
8811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8814 \begin_layout Standard
8830 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8834 \begin_layout Standard
8849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8852 \begin_layout Standard
8875 \begin_layout Standard
8876 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8882 \begin_layout Enumerate
8889 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8892 \begin_layout Enumerate
8896 \begin_layout Standard
8897 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8901 \begin_layout Standard
8902 There's another trap you can fall into: nesting the table, but not going
8904 LyX turns anything after the table into a new [sub]list.
8907 \begin_layout Enumerate
8912 \begin_layout Enumerate
8913 This is (a) and it's nested.
8916 \begin_layout Standard
8917 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8923 \begin_layout Standard
8925 \begin_inset Tabular
8926 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8928 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
8929 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
8930 <row topline="true">
8931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8934 \begin_layout Standard
8949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8952 \begin_layout Standard
8968 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8972 \begin_layout Standard
8987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8990 \begin_layout Standard
9013 \begin_layout Standard
9014 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9020 \begin_layout Enumerate
9022 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
9030 \begin_layout Enumerate
9034 \begin_layout Standard
9035 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
9041 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
9042 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
9046 \begin_layout Standard
9047 Then there are the so-called
9056 is a block of text associated with some sort of label, but which doesn't
9057 have a fixed location.
9059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9066 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
9087 When you're editing a document in LyX, a closed
9091 looks like a gray button with a red label and goes wherever the paragraph
9097 has no fixed location in the final text, nesting has no effect on its actual
9098 location after you feed your document to LaTeX.
9101 \begin_layout Subsection
9102 Usage and General Features
9105 \begin_layout Standard
9106 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
9108 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9115 is the innermost possible depth.
9116 Here's an example to display what we mean:
9119 \begin_layout Enumerate
9120 level #1 - outermost
9124 \begin_layout Enumerate
9129 \begin_layout Enumerate
9134 \begin_layout Enumerate
9139 \begin_layout Itemize
9144 \begin_layout Itemize
9153 \begin_layout Standard
9154 Once again, LyX has a maximum of 6 levels, regardless of which specific
9155 paragraph environments you're using at a given level.
9159 \begin_layout Standard
9160 Unfortunately, LyX doesn't enforce this limitation.
9161 If you try to exceed it, however, LaTeX will return errors when you go
9162 to produce output for your document.
9167 That means that you can perform a six-fold nesting of a
9175 environment, and so on.
9176 You can also mix environments, as we shall see later.
9179 \begin_layout Standard
9180 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
9181 both of them in the example.
9182 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
9192 For example, if we tried to nest another
9197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9208 \begin_layout Standard
9209 Once again, LyX doesn't enforce this limitation.
9210 If you try to exceed it, however, LaTeX will return errors when you go
9211 to produce output for your document.
9219 \begin_layout Subsection
9223 \begin_layout Standard
9224 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
9225 We have several examples of nested environments.
9226 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
9230 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9231 Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
9234 \begin_layout Labeling
9235 \labelwidthstring MMM
9236 #1-a This is the outermost level.
9245 \begin_layout Labeling
9246 \labelwidthstring MMM
9247 #2-a This is level #2.
9248 We created it by using
9261 \begin_layout Labeling
9262 \labelwidthstring MMM
9263 #3-a This is level #3.
9264 This time, we just hit
9274 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
9288 \begin_layout Standard
9293 environment, nested inside of
9294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9302 So, it's at level #4.
9303 We did this by hitting
9312 , then changing the paragraph environment to
9317 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
9333 \begin_layout Standard
9338 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
9345 \begin_layout Labeling
9346 \labelwidthstring MMM
9347 #4-a This is level #4.
9352 and changed the paragraph environment back to
9357 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
9361 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
9366 keep nesting things inside of
9367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9378 \begin_layout Labeling
9379 \labelwidthstring MMM
9380 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9385 \begin_layout Labeling
9386 \labelwidthstring MMM
9387 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9388 and this is level #6.
9389 By now, you should know how we made these two.
9393 \begin_layout Labeling
9394 \labelwidthstring MMM
9395 #5-b Back to level #5.
9409 \begin_layout Labeling
9410 \labelwidthstring MMM
9420 , we're back at level #4.
9424 \begin_layout Labeling
9425 \labelwidthstring MMM
9426 #3-b Back to level #3.
9427 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9431 \begin_layout Labeling
9432 \labelwidthstring MMM
9433 #2-b Back to level #2.
9438 \begin_layout Labeling
9439 \labelwidthstring MMM
9440 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9441 After this sentence, we'll hit
9445 and change the paragraph environment back to
9452 \begin_layout Standard
9453 There you have it! Oh --- we could have also used the
9469 environment in place of the
9474 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9477 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9478 Example #2: Inheritance
9481 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9482 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9485 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9495 , after which, we'll change to the
9503 \begin_layout Enumerate
9508 environment, at level #2.
9511 \begin_layout Enumerate
9512 Notice how the nested
9516 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment [
9520 ], but also inherits its font and spacing!
9524 \begin_layout Standard
9525 We ended this example by hitting
9530 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9534 and resetting the nesting depth by using
9542 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9543 Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the
9555 \begin_layout Standard
9556 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9564 \begin_layout Enumerate
9565 This is level #1, in an
9569 paragraph environment.
9570 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9574 \begin_layout Enumerate
9586 Now, what happens if we nest an
9590 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9591 label be? An asterisk?
9595 \begin_layout Itemize
9605 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9606 So, its label is a bullet.
9607 [Note: we got here by using
9616 , then changing the environment to
9624 \begin_layout Itemize
9625 Here's level #4, produced using
9635 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9640 \begin_layout Enumerate
9641 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9643 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9648 Notice the type of numbering! It's
9676 \begin_layout Enumerate
9681 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9682 type of numbering does LyX use?
9685 \begin_layout Enumerate
9686 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9690 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9693 \begin_layout Enumerate
9699 to decrease the depth after the next
9707 \begin_layout Enumerate
9709 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9713 \begin_layout Enumerate
9715 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9716 numeral as the label.
9720 \begin_layout Enumerate
9721 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9730 Notice, however, that LyX
9734 reset the counter for the label.
9738 \begin_layout Enumerate
9748 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9749 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9750 into the twofold-nested
9758 \begin_layout Enumerate
9759 The same thing happens if we do another
9768 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9771 \begin_layout Standard
9772 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9777 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labelling
9795 surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for an
9800 The same rule applies for the
9804 environment, as well.
9807 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9808 Example #4: Going Bonkers
9811 \begin_layout Enumerate
9812 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9813 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
9814 same detail with how we did it.
9823 \begin_layout Standard
9826 Return, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9829 : level #2] We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
9830 example in brackets someplace.
9831 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
9832 The environment name is, obviously, the name of the current environment.
9833 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
9837 \begin_layout Enumerate
9842 : level #1] This is the next item in the list.
9847 Now we'll add verse.
9849 It will get much worse.
9853 Return, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9860 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9862 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9872 Here comes a table for you:
9876 \begin_layout Standard
9877 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9883 \begin_layout Standard
9885 \begin_inset Tabular
9886 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9888 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9889 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
9891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
9894 \begin_layout Standard
9909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9912 \begin_layout Standard
9928 <row topline="true">
9929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
9932 \begin_layout Standard
9947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9950 \begin_layout Standard
9977 M-Return, Table, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9982 M-Return, Verse, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9989 \begin_layout Enumerate
9994 : level #1] This is another item.
9995 Note that selecting a
9999 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
10000 3 times to put the table inside the
10008 \begin_layout Quotation
10009 We're now ending the
10013 list and changing to
10018 We're still at level #1.
10019 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
10020 The next set of paragraphs is a
10021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10028 We'll nest both the
10037 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
10041 for the letter body.
10046 to preserve the depth.
10047 Remember that you need to use
10051 to create multiple lines inside the
10065 \begin_layout Right Address
10068 Moosegroin, MT 00100
10073 \begin_layout Address
10074 Dear Mr.\InsetSpace ~
10078 \begin_layout Quotation
10079 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50L of compressed
10080 methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
10081 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
10082 a backlog in our orders for methane.
10083 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
10084 as soon as possible.
10085 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
10088 \begin_layout Quotation
10089 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
10090 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
10091 with your order, along with payment.
10094 \begin_layout Quotation
10095 We thank you again for your patience.
10098 \begin_layout Address
10105 \begin_layout Quotation
10106 That ends that example!
10109 \begin_layout Standard
10110 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
10111 just a few keystrokes.
10112 We could have easily nested an
10133 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
10136 \begin_layout Section
10137 Fonts and Text Styles
10140 \begin_layout Subsection
10144 \begin_layout Standard
10145 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10146 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10147 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10148 font to emphasize text, you use an
10149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10157 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10158 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10162 \begin_layout Standard
10163 Right now, LyX allows you to specify a global default font, and has two
10177 style corresponds to an italics font.
10182 style corresponds to a font in smallcaps, which some languages and writing
10183 styles use to typeset proper names.
10184 The LyX Team has at last (as of LyX version\InsetSpace ~
10185 1.4) introduced true character
10186 styles, but currently these must be defined explicitly in the document
10188 There's currently no GUI support to define new, or tweak existing, character
10189 styles to allow you, the user, to customize which font changes correspond
10193 \begin_layout Subsection
10197 \begin_layout Standard
10198 You can set the default font from the
10203 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10215 tabfolder/pane offers you a variety of possibilities to set up and adjust
10216 your document fonts.
10217 The most important ones are those in the
10226 The possible options under
10231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10242 and a list of fonts available on your system, each for the
10264 (a.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10265 k.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10267 Monospaced) family of fonts.
10269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10277 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10280 uses the fonts that are specified by the document class you are using.
10281 Often, these are the standard TeX fonts, known as
10282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10298 Depending on the document class, however, it might as well be another font.
10299 Most fonts in the list should be installed on your system.
10300 For others, you might have to get and install the fonts first (LyX indicates
10301 if a font is not installed).
10302 Please have a look at
10307 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10314 about where to get the fonts.
10315 Installing a new font for LaTeX is, unfortunately, not as easy as installing
10316 a new font to common operation systems.
10317 However, most font packages include a step-by-step instruction.
10320 \begin_layout Standard
10321 In most cases, the default family of a document class is roman (a.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10322 k.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10324 serif), so the roman font (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10326 Times) will be used all over, unless you select
10327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10347 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10354 for specific selections of the text (see below section
10355 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:Text-Style-Dialog}
10366 Default\InsetSpace ~
10369 option lets you change this.
10370 So if you want your document (including footnotes etc.), say, all over in
10372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10393 Default\InsetSpace ~
10399 \begin_layout Standard
10409 group, you can usually select from four possible
10426 (some document classes provide more, some less choices).
10427 Remember, this is the
10432 LyX actually scales all of the other possible font sizes (such as those
10433 used in footnotes, superscripts, and subscripts) by this value.
10434 You can always fine-tune the font size from within the document if you
10436 It's also rather silly to use an 8pt or 24pt font as the default font size,
10437 as this typically renders your document unreadable.
10440 \begin_layout Standard
10441 Some Sans Serif and Typewriter Fonts provide the possibility to be scaled.
10442 This might be useful, if a Sans Serif or Typewriter Font has a different
10443 height than the Roman Font.
10444 Please be careful with this option, it can be easily misused.
10447 \begin_layout Standard
10452 group box, you'll finally find possibilities for using so-called
10453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10460 , given that they are provided by a certain font.
10469 indicates that lots of fonts do not use real, but
10474 True Small Caps are specifically designed characters, whereas faked Small
10475 Caps are just scaled Capital letters.
10476 The former looks way better, so if a font offers you the choice, you should
10486 finally lets you select so called Old Style Figures (a.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10487 k.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10489 Medieval Figures, i.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10491 figures with ascending or descending form) instead of the standard Lining
10493 Old Style Figures are often preferred due to better legibility in the text,
10494 but it's certainly also a matter of taste.
10495 Just try it out, if it is provided for your font of choice.
10496 Note that math figures are
10500 affected by this choice.
10503 \begin_layout Standard
10504 Please note that even if LyX tries its best in guessing what fonts are installed
10505 and which options are provided by a given font, it might fail if the fonts
10506 are not set up correctly.
10509 \begin_layout Standard
10510 Note further that once you choose a new value for
10531 You'll only see a difference once you generate the final output.
10532 This is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10533 The only visible change is caused by a change of the default font family.
10534 However, you certainly noticed that, for instance, the roman font on screen
10535 is just a representation of
10536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10540 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10548 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10555 dialog), not of the actual roman document font.
10558 \begin_layout Subsection
10559 Using Different Character Styles
10562 \begin_layout Standard
10563 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10564 certain paragraph environments.
10565 We also mentioned two other character styles,
10574 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10578 \begin_layout Standard
10583 style, do one of the following:
10586 \begin_layout Itemize
10587 click on the toolbar button with the person-shaped icon
10590 \begin_layout Itemize
10597 \begin_layout Standard
10598 These commands are all toggles.
10603 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10606 \begin_layout Standard
10607 One typically uses the
10611 style for proper names.
10613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10620 is the original author of LyX.
10621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10627 \begin_layout Standard
10628 A more widely used character style is the
10633 You can activate [or deactivate - it's also a toggle] the
10640 \begin_layout Itemize
10641 clicking on the toolbar button with the
10642 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10652 \begin_layout Itemize
10653 using the keybindings
10659 \begin_layout Standard
10664 style is equivalent to an italicized font.
10665 We have plans to make that association more user-configurable in the future.
10668 \begin_layout Standard
10669 We've been using the
10673 style all over the place in this document.
10674 Here's one more example:
10677 \begin_layout Quotation
10680 Don't overuse character styles!
10683 \begin_layout Standard
10684 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10685 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10686 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10687 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10691 \begin_layout Standard
10692 Oh --- one last note: You can always reset to the default font using the
10701 \begin_layout Subsection
10702 Fine-Tuning with the
10707 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:Text-Style-Dialog}
10714 \begin_layout Standard
10715 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10716 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10717 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10718 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10722 \begin_layout Standard
10727 : There is, in fact, such a style sheet for the LyX Documentation, since
10728 manuals need a certain amount of consistency.
10733 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10734 from ordinary dialogue.
10737 \begin_layout Standard
10738 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10739 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles.
10740 Many modern word processors have a vast array of fonts available to them,
10741 providing you with the power of a printing press.
10742 Unfortunately, there is a tendency to overuse that power.
10744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10747 Using a sledgehammer to swat a fly,
10748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10752 And, as the old saying implies, documents that overuse different fonts
10753 and sizes tend to look like someone's knocked huge holes in them.
10756 \begin_layout Standard
10757 Enough complaining.
10760 \begin_layout Standard
10761 To use custom fonts, open the
10766 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10775 There are seven buttons on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10776 font property which you can choose.
10777 You can choose an option for one of these seven properties, or select
10782 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10787 will reset the property to whatever is the default for the hosting paragraph
10789 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10790 environments in a snap.
10793 \begin_layout Standard
10794 The seven font properties, and their options [in addition to
10806 \begin_layout Labeling
10807 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
10816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10824 The possible options are:
10828 \begin_layout Labeling
10829 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10834 This is the Roman font family.
10838 \begin_layout Standard
10839 It's also the default family.
10849 \begin_layout Labeling
10850 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10858 This is the Sans Serif font family.
10862 \begin_layout Standard
10872 \begin_layout Labeling
10873 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10880 This is the Typewriter font family.
10884 \begin_layout Standard
10895 \begin_layout Labeling
10896 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
10904 This corresponds to the print weight.
10909 \begin_layout Labeling
10910 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10915 This is the Medium font series.
10919 \begin_layout Standard
10920 It's also the default series.
10924 \begin_layout Labeling
10925 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10932 This is the Bold font series.
10936 \begin_layout Standard
10937 You can toggle this series on or off with the keybinding
10947 \begin_layout Labeling
10948 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
10957 As the name implies.
10962 \begin_layout Labeling
10963 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10968 This is the Upright font shape.
10972 \begin_layout Standard
10973 It's also the default shape.
10977 \begin_layout Labeling
10978 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10989 s the Italic font shape
10995 \begin_layout Labeling
10996 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11003 This is the Slanted font shape
11008 (although it might not be visible on screen, this is different from italic).
11011 \begin_layout Labeling
11012 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11020 This is the Small caps font shape
11027 \begin_layout Labeling
11028 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11037 Alters the size of the font.
11038 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11039 nal to the default font size.
11040 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11041 what you want to do.
11045 \begin_layout Standard
11046 The options [and their keybindings] are:
11049 \begin_layout Labeling
11050 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11069 \begin_layout Standard
11084 \begin_layout Labeling
11085 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11103 \begin_layout Standard
11113 \begin_layout Labeling
11114 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11132 \begin_layout Standard
11147 \begin_layout Labeling
11148 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11167 \begin_layout Standard
11182 \begin_layout Labeling
11183 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11200 \begin_layout Standard
11201 It's also the default size.
11216 \begin_layout Labeling
11217 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11236 \begin_layout Standard
11251 \begin_layout Labeling
11252 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11271 \begin_layout Standard
11286 \begin_layout Labeling
11287 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11306 \begin_layout Standard
11316 \begin_layout Labeling
11317 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11325 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11336 \begin_layout Standard
11351 \begin_layout Labeling
11352 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11360 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11371 \begin_layout Standard
11386 \begin_layout Standard
11391 : don't go crazy with this feature.
11392 You should almost never need to change the font size.
11393 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
11394 - use that instead.
11395 This is here for fine-tuning
11401 \begin_layout Labeling
11402 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11410 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
11415 \begin_layout Labeling
11416 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11423 This is text with emphasize on
11429 \begin_layout Standard
11430 This might seem like the same as
11434 , but it is actually a bit different.
11435 If you use emphasize on italicized text, it will make it upright.
11436 In future versions of LyX, we hope to let you customize the exact behavior
11445 \begin_layout Labeling
11446 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11453 This is text with Underbar on.
11457 \begin_layout Standard
11467 \begin_layout Labeling
11468 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11475 This is text with Noun on.
11479 \begin_layout Standard
11484 , this is a logical attribute.
11485 For the moment, it is equivalent to
11490 , but that is bound to change some day.
11494 \begin_layout Standard
11495 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
11496 when you couldn't change fonts.
11497 We no longer need to resort to emphasizing text by overstriking it with
11498 an underscore character.
11499 It's only included in LyX because it's also in LaTeX, and because some
11504 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions (and in
11505 fact we use it in these manuals to indicate keyboard shortcuts for menu
11510 \begin_layout Labeling
11511 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11516 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
11517 Of course, you need to have a color printer to exploit this, but you also
11522 LaTeX package installed.
11527 is not able to display these colors.
11538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11545 , you can choose between
11580 \begin_layout Labeling
11581 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11586 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
11587 the language of the document.
11588 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change.
11591 \begin_layout Standard
11592 You have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
11595 \begin_layout Standard
11596 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
11601 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11609 dialog, you can activate it using the toolbar button labelled
11610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11614 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11625 The toolbar button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style
11626 even when the dialog isn't visible.
11630 \begin_layout Standard
11631 As we stated earlier, to completely reset the character style to the default,
11638 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
11639 (suppose you just sent the shape to
11640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11657 Toggle on all these
11670 \begin_layout Standard
11671 We conclude with the same warning we've been spewing: Don't overuse the
11673 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a horrible substitute for good
11675 Your writing should speak for itself --- and will.
11678 \begin_layout Section
11679 Printing and Previewing
11682 \begin_layout Subsection
11686 \begin_layout Standard
11687 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
11688 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
11689 Before we tell you that, however, we want to give you a quickie explanation
11690 of what goes on behind-the-scenes.
11691 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
11698 \begin_layout Standard
11699 LyX uses a program called
11700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11708 (Actually, LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system,
11709 but to prevent confusion, we'll just refer to the whole magilla as
11710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11714 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11717 ) Think of it this way: LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
11718 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
11719 This happens in a couple of stages:
11722 \begin_layout Enumerate
11723 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
11724 generating a file with the extension,
11725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11740 \begin_layout Enumerate
11741 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
11745 file to produce printable output.
11746 It doesn't know anything about your printer, however.
11747 Instead, LaTeX produces what's known as a
11751 file, or DVI for short.
11752 The actual output is in a file with the extension,
11753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11765 DVI files are completely portable; you can move them from one machine to
11766 another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
11770 \begin_layout Description
11771 NOTE: The DVI file only contains what was in the LaTeX file itself.
11772 If you have included PostScript pictures in your document, there will only
11773 be a link to these files.
11774 So don't forget these files if you move your
11778 file to another computer.
11782 \begin_layout Enumerate
11788 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11795 Once you have it, you can view it, print it, or convert it to other formats.
11799 \begin_layout Enumerate
11804 files using a program called
11811 \begin_layout Enumerate
11812 Some printers and Unix systems understand DVI, and can print your
11819 \begin_layout Enumerate
11820 Nowadays, most printers understand the PostScript format.
11821 LyX automatically converts the
11825 file to a PostScript file for you when you go to print out your document.
11826 LyX will also let you preview a PostScript version of your document using
11835 \begin_layout Standard
11836 One advantage of using PostScript® is that the converter program [called
11841 ] takes any PostScript graphics you may have included in your document and
11842 puts it into the resulting PostScript version of your document.
11843 It also includes any special fonts you may have used.
11844 That makes the PostScript version much, much more portable than the DVI
11850 \begin_layout Standard
11851 LyX does all of these steps automagically for you.
11854 \begin_layout Standard
11855 As you have seen, a lot of things happen before you get a hardcopy or a
11856 preview of your document.
11857 So, don't worry if printing requires a bit more time than with other word
11859 The printed result is worth the wait.
11860 Quality always has its price.
11863 \begin_layout Subsection
11864 Quick Viewing with xdvi
11867 \begin_layout Standard
11868 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
11869 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, select
11874 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11885 \begin_layout Standard
11886 When all of the behind-the-scenes action is done, LyX calls the program
11892 You can now look at the results.
11893 [If you want more info on the
11904 \begin_layout Description
11905 Helpful-Tip: Keep the
11909 window open, maybe moving it to another desktop.
11910 Then, after you make changes to your document, just use
11915 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11920 pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11937 program will automatically reread the
11941 file and give you an updated view.
11944 \begin_layout Subsection
11945 Viewing the PostScript Version with ghostview
11948 \begin_layout Standard
11953 to view your document is the easiest and fastest way.
11954 There may be times, however, when you want to look at the PostScript version.
11955 One reason is fonts.
11959 \begin_layout Standard
11964 : Another reason is paranoia.
11965 I always like to look at the PostScript file before I print it, just so
11966 I see exactly what went to the printer\SpecialChar \ldots{}
11972 You can use PostScript fonts in a LaTeX document, but
11981 or some other PostScript file viewer to see the actual results.
11984 \begin_layout Standard
11985 To view the PostScript version of your document, select
12001 When all of the magic behind-the-scenes is done, LyX calls the program
12006 You can now look at the results.
12009 \begin_layout Standard
12010 You've guessed what the
12015 pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12029 menu does, haven't you? Remember to click once in the
12033 window after this command to update the view.
12036 \begin_layout Subsection
12040 \begin_layout Standard
12041 To print a file, select
12055 menu, or click on the toolbar button with the printer on it.
12063 \begin_layout Standard
12064 You can choose to only print even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
12065 is useful for printing on two sides: you can re-insert the pages after
12066 printing one set of pages, to print on the other side.
12067 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
12068 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
12069 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
12072 \begin_layout Standard
12073 You can set the parameters in the
12080 \begin_layout Labeling
12081 \labelwidthstring MMMM
12089 This is the name of the printer to print to.
12093 \begin_layout Standard
12094 Note that this printer name isn't for the
12107 has to be configured for this printer name.
12109 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:dvipsconfig}
12117 documentation for details.
12118 The default printer can also be set in
12127 The printer should understand PostScript files.
12130 \begin_layout Labeling
12131 \labelwidthstring MMMM
12139 The name of a file to print to.
12140 The output will be in Post\SpecialChar \-
12142 The file will generally be written in the current directory, unless you
12143 specify the full path.
12146 \begin_layout Standard
12147 Note that printing may need little time, since LaTeX,
12151 and, if you don't have a PostScript printer,
12155 have to process your document.
12158 \begin_layout Section
12159 A Few Words about Typography
12162 \begin_layout Subsection
12163 Hyphens and Hyphenation
12164 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:hyphens}
12171 \begin_layout Standard
12173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12184 character comes in three lengths, often called the
12199 \begin_layout Enumerate
12205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12219 \begin_layout Enumerate
12225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12234 \begin_layout Standard
12246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12252 \begin_layout Enumerate
12258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12267 \begin_layout Standard
12280 \begin_layout Standard
12292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12298 \begin_layout Enumerate
12302 \begin_inset Formula $-$
12308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12322 \begin_layout Standard
12323 You generate these by using the
12324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12335 character multiple times in a row.
12336 LyX automatically converts them to the appropriate length dash in the final
12340 \begin_layout Standard
12341 The three types of dash are distinct from the minus sign, which appears
12342 in math mode and has a length of its own.
12343 Here are some examples of the
12344 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12358 \begin_layout Enumerate
12359 line- and page-breaks
12368 \begin_layout Enumerate
12378 \begin_layout Enumerate
12379 Oh --- there's a dash.
12388 \begin_layout Enumerate
12389 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
12401 \begin_layout Standard
12402 Those of you reading this from within LyX will see no difference, though
12403 there is one in the printed version.
12406 \begin_layout Standard
12407 One more note about hyphenation --- LyX automatically breaks up words and
12408 inserts hyphens in English text.
12409 The words won't be hyphenated until you generate the final output.
12412 \begin_layout Standard
12413 Actually, it's LaTeX that does this, and it will also hyphenate words in
12419 To know whether (PDF)LaTeX hyphenates for
12423 language, look at any log file produced by a LaTeX run: it will say
12426 \begin_layout Quote
12429 Babel <v3.7h> and hyphenation patterns for american, french, german, ngerman,
12430 nohyphenation, loaded.
12433 \begin_layout Standard
12434 This tells you that, e.g., if you write in Finnish, you're out of luck.
12435 Study (for the teTeX distribution of LaTeX) the utilities
12443 in order to switch hyphenation on for your language by
12444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12451 the relevant line in a file typically named
12456 Sorry for the inconvenience.
12459 \begin_layout Standard
12460 If, for whatever reason, LaTeX
12464 can't break a word correctly (e.g., a compound word), you can set hyphenation
12466 This is done with the menu item
12468 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
12477 Special\InsetSpace ~
12492 Note that these extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
12493 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will totally ignore them.
12496 \begin_layout Subsection
12500 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12501 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
12502 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:abbrev}
12509 \begin_layout Standard
12510 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
12511 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
12512 LaTeX then adds the
12513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12516 appropriate amount of space
12517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12520 : sentences get a little bit more space between the period and the next
12522 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
12525 \begin_layout Standard
12526 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation and
12527 what's the end of a sentence is really quite brain-dead.
12529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12540 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
12541 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
12544 \begin_layout Standard
12545 Here are some examples of
12549 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
12552 \begin_layout Itemize
12557 \begin_layout Itemize
12562 \begin_layout Standard
12563 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
12564 and here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
12567 \begin_layout Itemize
12570 this is too much space!
12573 \begin_layout Itemize
12578 \begin_layout Standard
12579 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
12582 \begin_layout Standard
12583 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
12586 \begin_layout Enumerate
12589 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
12592 after lowercase abbreviations (see section\InsetSpace ~
12594 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:normblank-lbreak-horline}
12601 \begin_layout Enumerate
12607 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section\InsetSpace ~
12609 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:thinblank-lbreak-horline}
12616 \begin_layout Enumerate
12621 sentence\InsetSpace ~
12629 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12634 pecial\InsetSpace ~
12637 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
12638 This function is also bound to
12645 \begin_layout Standard
12646 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
12649 \begin_layout Itemize
12650 e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
12651 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
12652 this is too much space!
12655 \begin_layout Itemize
12656 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
12660 \begin_layout Standard
12661 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
12662 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry about all
12664 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
12670 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12678 feature described in
12685 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12687 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:quotes}
12694 \begin_layout Standard
12695 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
12696 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
12697 and use a closing quote at the end.
12699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12707 The keyboard character,
12711 , generates this automatically.
12714 \begin_layout Standard
12717 New in version 1.4:
12719 To get single quotation marks, you have to press
12724 This produces quotation marks like this:
12725 \begin_inset Quotes els
12731 \begin_layout Standard
12732 You can also select quotes for different languages via the
12740 There are six choices:
12743 \begin_layout Labeling
12744 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12756 Use quotes like this
12757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12765 \begin_inset Quotes els
12769 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12775 \begin_layout Labeling
12776 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12779 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12783 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12789 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12793 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12797 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12803 \begin_layout Labeling
12804 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12807 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12811 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12817 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12821 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12825 \begin_inset Quotes gls
12829 \begin_inset Quotes grs
12835 \begin_layout Labeling
12836 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12839 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12843 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12849 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12853 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12857 \begin_inset Quotes pls
12861 \begin_inset Quotes prs
12867 \begin_layout Labeling
12868 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12871 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12875 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12881 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12885 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12889 \begin_inset Quotes fls
12893 \begin_inset Quotes frs
12899 \begin_layout Labeling
12900 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12903 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12907 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12913 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12917 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12921 \begin_inset Quotes als
12925 \begin_inset Quotes ars
12931 \begin_layout Standard
12932 Again, this affects what character the
12939 \begin_layout Standard
12940 On the other hand, if you want to produce a bona-fide quote character, type
12953 \begin_layout Subsection
12955 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ligatures}
12962 \begin_layout Standard
12963 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
12964 print them as single characters.
12965 These groups are known as
12970 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your LyX documents will contain them,
12972 Here are the possible ligatures:
12975 \begin_layout Itemize
12979 \begin_layout Itemize
12983 \begin_layout Itemize
12987 \begin_layout Itemize
12991 \begin_layout Itemize
12995 \begin_layout Standard
12996 Once in a while, though, you don't want a ligature in a word.
12997 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
12998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13002 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13005 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
13006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13021 To break a ligature, use
13026 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13027 Special\InsetSpace ~
13034 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
13037 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
13042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13053 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
13055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13070 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
13072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13078 \begin_layout Subsection
13080 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:widows}
13087 \begin_layout Standard
13088 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
13090 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
13091 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
13092 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
13093 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
13094 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
13095 These dangly-bits of text became known as
13106 \begin_layout Standard
13107 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
13108 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
13109 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
13110 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
13111 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
13112 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
13113 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
13116 \begin_layout Standard
13117 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
13118 or how you can tweak that behavior.
13119 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\InsetSpace ~
13121 \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexcompanion}
13127 \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexguide}
13131 ] may have more information.
13132 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
13135 \begin_layout Chapter
13136 Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes
13137 \begin_inset OptArg
13140 \begin_layout Standard
13141 Tables, Figures, and Notes
13149 \begin_layout Section
13153 \begin_layout Standard
13154 Unlike other typesetting programs, LyX uses
13155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13162 boxes instead of displaying its footnotes at the bottom of the screen or
13163 somewhere else in your text.
13164 When you insert a footnote with
13173 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
13198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13205 appearing within your text.
13206 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
13207 You can enter your text into this box.
13209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13228 label, the box will
13229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13241 Clicking on the button again will
13246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13257 \begin_layout Standard
13258 To close this footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
13263 You will not see any numbers within LyX.
13264 You don't need to worry about those, anyhow, because LyX does the numbering
13265 for you, as well as putting the footnote at the bottom of the correct page,
13266 when it processes your file.
13267 If you want to turn already existing text into a footnote, simply mark
13268 it and click on the footnote button (a picture of text with an arrow pointing
13269 to stuff in the bottom margin).
13274 Vice versa, you can change a footnote to regular text by hitting the
13278 key when the cursor is in the first position of a footnote, or by hitting
13283 key when the cursor is in the very last position of the footnote, respectively
13284 (this works for all
13285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13295 \begin_layout Standard
13296 What LyX cannot do, yet, is take care of special needs like setting the
13297 footnote numbering back to 1 after each section in the
13298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13311 document class or changing the counter
13316 You'll need to insert LaTeX commands like th
13324 Tricks for Footnotes and Marginpars
13327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13345 \begin_layout Description
13346 NOTE: A float in LaTeX and LyX isn't a simple paragraph as with usual word
13348 It is a complex text structure that may contain everything except floats.
13349 That means you can use all the layouts inside a float, even figures and
13351 You may not need this too often, but if you do occasionally need it, it's
13355 \begin_layout Section
13359 \begin_layout Standard
13360 Margin notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
13361 When you insert a margin note via
13367 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13383 or the toolbar button (which contains a picture of text in a margin with
13384 an arrow pointing to it), you'll see
13400 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13407 appearing within your text.
13408 \begin_inset Marginal
13411 \begin_layout Standard
13412 This is a margin note.
13417 This box is LyX's representation of your margin note.
13418 You can enter your text into this box.
13420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13433 label, the box will
13434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13442 You can access it at a later time by clicking on the
13449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13459 \begin_layout Standard
13460 As a default, LyX uses 1.9 cm (0.75 inches) as the margin width to allow room
13462 This might not be what you're looking for, but as with footnotes, LyX cannot
13463 yet do everything LaTeX has to offer.
13464 You might want to consult your LaTeX handbook for additional commands.
13468 \begin_layout Section
13469 Figures and Imported Graphics
13470 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:figures}
13477 \begin_layout Standard
13478 No document preparation system is complete without the ability to import
13479 graphics from other utilities into the document.
13480 In LyX, these are referred to as ``figures'' whether they are actually
13481 figures in the traditional sense or simply some kind of imported image.
13485 \begin_layout Standard
13486 Note that figures referred to here are do not have captions and sit wherever
13487 in the document you place them.
13488 If you need one of these features, see sec.\InsetSpace ~
13490 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
13497 \begin_layout Standard
13498 To place a figure in your document, click on the second right-most icon
13499 on the toolbar, or select
13504 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13515 \begin_layout Standard
13516 A dialog will appear for you to choose the file to load.
13517 You can also change any settings you need to in this dialog.
13520 \begin_layout Standard
13522 \begin_inset Graphics
13523 filename mobius.eps
13526 rotateOrigin center
13533 \begin_layout Standard
13534 This dialog has numerous parameters, though most should be self-explanatory.
13539 tab allows you to choose your image file (note that a wide variety of image
13540 formats are supported automatically).
13541 The figure can be transformed by setting a rotation angle, using a bounding
13545 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{cap:Units-for-image}
13549 describes all available units.
13550 It is possible to set a bounding box automatically for some image formats
13553 Bounding\InsetSpace ~
13557 Note that it is possible to control the display of the figure in LyX and
13558 the display in the final document separately, which can be very useful
13560 LaTeX wizards can specify additional LaTeX options in the
13565 You can also set the
13569 option here, for use in figure floats (see Section\InsetSpace ~
13571 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
13578 \begin_layout Subsection
13582 \begin_layout Standard
13583 LyX has the ability to handle literally any graphics format in the known
13584 universe so long as a conversion path from this graphics format to the
13585 target output format can be created.
13586 If that sounds a little obtuse, consider how LyX handles Encapsulated PostScrip
13588 LaTeX provides native support for this format, so LyX needs do nothing
13595 LaTeX command to insert the figure in the final document.
13598 \begin_layout Standard
13599 \begin_inset Float table
13605 \begin_layout Caption
13606 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cap:Units-for-image}
13610 Units for setting the image size
13613 \begin_layout Standard
13614 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
13620 \begin_layout Standard
13622 \begin_inset Tabular
13623 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
13625 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
13626 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
13627 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
13628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13631 \begin_layout Standard
13637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13640 \begin_layout Standard
13647 <row topline="true">
13648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13651 \begin_layout Standard
13657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13660 \begin_layout Standard
13667 <row topline="true">
13668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13671 \begin_layout Standard
13677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13680 \begin_layout Standard
13687 <row topline="true">
13688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13691 \begin_layout Standard
13697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13700 \begin_layout Standard
13707 <row topline="true">
13708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13711 \begin_layout Standard
13717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13720 \begin_layout Standard
13721 point (72.27 pt = 1 in)
13727 <row topline="true">
13728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13731 \begin_layout Standard
13737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13740 \begin_layout Standard
13741 pica (1 pc = 12 pt)
13747 <row topline="true">
13748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13751 \begin_layout Standard
13757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13760 \begin_layout Standard
13761 scaled point (65536 sp = 1 pt)
13767 <row topline="true">
13768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13771 \begin_layout Standard
13777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13780 \begin_layout Standard
13781 big point (72 bp = 1 in)
13787 <row topline="true">
13788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13791 \begin_layout Standard
13797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13800 \begin_layout Standard
13802 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
13806 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
13815 <row topline="true">
13816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13819 \begin_layout Standard
13825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13828 \begin_layout Standard
13829 cicero (1cc = 12 dd)
13835 <row topline="true">
13836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13839 \begin_layout Standard
13845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13848 \begin_layout Standard
13849 % of original image width
13855 <row topline="true">
13856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13859 \begin_layout Standard
13865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13868 \begin_layout Standard
13875 <row topline="true">
13876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13879 \begin_layout Standard
13885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13888 \begin_layout Standard
13895 <row topline="true">
13896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13899 \begin_layout Standard
13905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13908 \begin_layout Standard
13915 <row topline="true">
13916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13919 \begin_layout Standard
13925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13928 \begin_layout Standard
13935 <row topline="true">
13936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13939 \begin_layout Standard
13945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13948 \begin_layout Standard
13955 <row topline="true">
13956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13959 \begin_layout Standard
13965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13968 \begin_layout Standard
13975 <row topline="true">
13976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13979 \begin_layout Standard
13985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13988 \begin_layout Standard
13999 <row topline="true">
14000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14003 \begin_layout Standard
14009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14012 \begin_layout Standard
14023 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14027 \begin_layout Standard
14033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14036 \begin_layout Standard
14037 math unit (1 mu = 1/18 em)
14055 \begin_layout Standard
14056 To view the figure on the LyX screen, however, some additional work is required
14057 because neither the XForms nor the Qt GUI libraries can load PostScript®
14058 figures themselves.
14059 The XForms library can load figures in the following, widely used graphics
14092 whilst the Qt library can also handle
14105 Thus, LyX must initiate a conversion from Encapsulated PostScript® to a
14106 loadable graphics format.
14109 \begin_layout Standard
14110 It does this using the powerful, configurable converters mechanism exposed
14122 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
14131 If LyX cannot create a conversion path (which might have many steps) from
14132 Encapsulated PostScript® to one of the loadable formats listed above, then
14133 it defaults to the use of ImageMagick's
14138 If, after all that, LyX
14142 cannot load the figure, then it'll tell you so with a message
14143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14146 Error converting to loadable format
14147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14150 in place of an on-screen view of your figure.
14151 If you're presented with such a message, then you'll need to augment the
14152 list of known converters.
14155 \begin_layout Standard
14156 This strategy is used both to generate on-screen views of your image and
14157 when generating the final document.
14158 In the latter case, the LaTeX compiler must be supplied with graphics files
14159 in PostScript® format.
14160 Similarly the PDFLaTeX compiler requires files in
14173 LyX will handle the necessary conversions behind the scenes.
14176 \begin_layout Subsection
14180 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14181 Using Figure Floats
14182 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:figurefloats}
14189 \begin_layout Standard
14190 The problem with inserting figures straight into your text is that they
14191 might make the pagination of your document extremely awkward.
14192 To suit the LyX mentality of automating such processes, you might find
14193 it preferable to use
14195 Figure\InsetSpace ~
14198 , which LyX (actually, LaTeX) is free to move about your document as it
14199 deems necessary for a good fit.
14200 In return, LyX automates the listing of these figures and allows you to
14201 place a caption on them, using the
14205 environment explained in Section\InsetSpace ~
14207 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:captionlayout}
14214 \begin_layout Standard
14217 Figure\InsetSpace ~
14225 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14230 t\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14234 You will get a float without a figure in it; use the toolbar icon described
14235 above to insert the actual figure.
14238 \begin_layout Standard
14239 \begin_inset Float figure
14245 \begin_layout Caption
14246 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig:escher}
14254 \begin_layout Standard
14256 \begin_inset Graphics
14257 filename escher-lsd.eps
14259 rotateOrigin center
14271 \begin_layout Standard
14272 \begin_inset Float figure
14278 \begin_layout Standard
14280 \begin_inset Graphics
14281 filename platypus.eps
14283 rotateOrigin center
14290 \begin_layout Caption
14291 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig:kill-plat}
14295 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
14303 \begin_layout Standard
14304 It seems simple, but there is subtlety involved in the placement of the
14306 If you prefer your caption to appear below the figure, then you must press
14307 return when the cursor is at the very start of the caption, and insert
14308 the figure in the new paragraph created above the caption; or you can delete
14309 the caption and recreate it by selecting the
14313 environment after the figure has been inserted.
14314 This is what we did for figure
14315 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{fig:kill-plat}
14320 If the cursor is in a paragraph after the caption when you insert the
14324 then it will be inserted after the caption, as was the case for
14325 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{fig:escher}
14330 It is preferred to use one
14339 This allows LyX [actually LaTeX] to best position each figure.
14342 \begin_layout Standard
14343 Right-clicking on a float opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
14344 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float (see
14345 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:float-locn}
14355 is only useful for two-column documents: if you select it, the float will
14356 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
14360 \begin_layout Standard
14361 This figure also shows how we place a label and create a cross-reference
14362 to it; as you would expect from reading section
14363 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:crossref}
14367 you can simply insert a
14374 in the caption and refer to it using a
14383 It is especially important to use these with figure floats, rather than
14384 using vague references to
14385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14392 as LaTeX will reposition your floats for you in the final document; it
14394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14402 If it is not possible to fit the floats neatly on the same page as the
14403 text which refers to it, the figures will be placed on a separate page
14405 Rest assured that the overall effect is usually quite nice.
14408 \begin_layout Standard
14409 Note that the caption is used in a
14419 (as described in Section\InsetSpace ~
14421 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:ListsOf}
14425 ) automatically, should you choose to include one in your document.
14428 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14430 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:float-locn}
14437 \begin_layout Standard
14438 Now, the whole idea behind
14440 Figure\InsetSpace ~
14448 , which we introduce later] is to allow LyX to place a figure [or table]
14449 on a page in a consistent, sensible fashion.
14450 The rules LaTeX uses are rather arcane; refer to the LaTeX documentation
14451 for the exact details.
14452 You can use check boxes in the float dialog to set placement for a particular
14454 By default, each float uses the document's default placement rules.
14455 You can change these, if you wish, in the
14460 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14473 box takes a LaTeX-style placement specification.
14474 You can place any combination of four letters in the
14482 \begin_layout Itemize
14492 \begin_layout Itemize
14502 \begin_layout Itemize
14512 \begin_layout Itemize
14522 \begin_layout Standard
14523 The letters correspond to the following behaviour:
14526 \begin_layout Description
14527 Here: LyX tries to put the
14531 at the same point in the text where you put it.
14535 \begin_layout Standard
14536 If there isn't enough room, LyX tries one of the other three location types.
14540 \begin_layout Description
14541 Top: LyX tries to put the
14545 at the top of the current page.
14546 If the figure won't fit on the current page, it goes to the next page.
14549 \begin_layout Description
14550 Bottom: LyX tries to put the
14554 at the bottom of the current page.
14555 If there isn't room, it goes to the next page.
14558 \begin_layout Description
14559 Page: LyX tries to put the
14567 s) on a page of its own.
14570 \begin_layout Standard
14571 There is some subtlety to how this all works.
14572 The order specifies what location LyX should try first.
14573 If that one fails, it tries the next one, and so on, though
14574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14585 will always take precedence if it appears in the list.
14586 The default placement list is
14587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14598 : try the top of a text page first, then the bottom of a text page, then
14599 on a page by itself.
14600 If you want LyX to try
14601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14608 to place the figure where you command it, precede the list with an exclamation
14610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14622 Here are some example entries and what they do:
14625 \begin_layout Enumerate
14632 \begin_layout Standard
14633 Try putting the figure/table at its actual position in the text.
14634 If that doesn't work, put it on the bottom of the page.
14635 If that fails, put it on a separate page.
14639 \begin_layout Enumerate
14646 \begin_layout Standard
14647 Try really hard to put the figure/table at its actual position in the text.
14648 Then the bottom of the page, then on a separate page.
14652 \begin_layout Enumerate
14659 \begin_layout Standard
14660 Put the figure/table at the top of each page.
14661 If it's too long, put it on a separate page.
14665 \begin_layout Enumerate
14672 \begin_layout Standard
14673 Always put figures and tables on their own page.
14677 \begin_layout Subsection
14681 \begin_layout Standard
14682 One obvious question is
14683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14686 how would I create the figures?
14687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14690 Fortunately, the answer is included in most Linux and/or LaTeX distributions.
14695 is a powerful though slightly awkward drawing tool.
14696 If you want to include figures that you have created with
14700 there are several ways.
14701 We recommend the following:
14704 \begin_layout Enumerate
14705 Export the figure as Encapsulated PostScript.
14706 This could be very easy included into LyX as described in the previous
14708 The great advantage of this way is, that you have the full power of PostScript®
14710 That means Bezier curves, colors, all line thicknesses and many more.
14711 If you have inserted text into your fig-document this will be printed with
14712 PostScript fonts, which is OK\SpecialChar \@.
14713 The figure can be manipulated like any other
14714 EPS figure, as described above.
14719 \begin_layout Standard
14720 The only disadvantage is that you cannot create formulas as PostScript text
14722 If you also need formulas or simple exponents or indices in your figure,
14723 the next way is recommended.
14727 \begin_layout Enumerate
14728 Export the figure as LaTeX.
14729 This is just as easy to include into LyX, with the advantage that you may
14730 use all LaTeX commands within the text inside XFig.
14731 Therefore you have to set the
14736 This is automatic if you invoke XFig with
14742 If this is done and you have also chosen a LaTeX font you may simply write
14744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14753 XFig\SpecialChar \@.
14756 If you export this figure as LaTeX and include it in LyX with
14761 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14769 (see description in
14773 ) this text will appear as
14774 \begin_inset Formula $H_{2}$
14782 \begin_layout Standard
14783 The disadvantage of this way is that the graphical power of LaTeX isn't
14784 as strong as PostScript®\SpecialChar \@.
14785 You cannot use all thicknesses of lines and, more
14786 annoyingly, not all slopes.
14787 This is why we recommend the third way for more complex figures.
14791 \begin_layout Enumerate
14792 Export the figure as LaTeX/PostScript combined.
14801 , really] will generate two files:
14805 \begin_layout Enumerate
14806 the PostScript part
14810 , that contains all painting.
14813 \begin_layout Enumerate
14818 , that contains all text and a link to the PostScript part.
14822 \begin_layout Standard
14823 Then you just have to include the LaTeX part as described above.
14824 This will automatically include the PostScript part, too.
14828 \begin_layout Standard
14829 If you get an error like
14830 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14833 unknown graphics extension pstex
14834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14837 you have to declare these graphic extensions.
14842 bug that occurs with LaTeX2e.
14843 Simply add a line like
14846 \begin_layout Standard
14851 @namedef{Gin@rule@ps_tex}#1{{eps}{ps_tex}{#1}}
14854 \begin_layout Standard
14857 /usr/lib/texmf/tex/latex/graphics/dvips.def
14867 \begin_layout Standard
14872 Gin@extensions{eps, ps, pstex, eps.gz, ps.gz, eps=2EZ}
14875 \begin_layout Standard
14876 This should fix the whole thing.
14877 Alternatively you may export the postscript part as
14881 and change the LaTeX part
14886 But this is annoying.
14892 This way you have the full PostScript® and LaTeX power combined except
14893 for the possibility to scale the figure after creating.
14894 So if you want scalable pictures, the PostScript format is your only choice.
14895 Another little advantage of letting LaTeX typeset the font is that the
14896 same font will appear in your figures as in your text, which looks a little
14900 \begin_layout Section
14902 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:tables}
14909 \begin_layout Standard
14910 LyX has powerful table support, but LaTeX can do many more things with tables
14911 than LyX is currently capable of, so you might want to look at a good LaTeX
14912 book if the features described here should turn out to be inadequate.
14915 \begin_layout Standard
14916 You can insert a table using either the table toolbar button or
14921 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14929 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
14930 The default table has lines at the top and to the left of every cell, a
14931 line to the right of the rightmost column and a line at the bottom of the
14932 lowest row, forming a box around the table.
14933 Additionally, the topmost row also has a line at the bottom, which causes
14934 this row to appear separated from the rest of the table.
14938 \begin_layout Standard
14940 \begin_inset Tabular
14941 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
14943 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14944 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14945 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
14946 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14947 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14951 \begin_layout Standard
14957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14960 \begin_layout Standard
14975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14978 \begin_layout Standard
14993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14996 \begin_layout Standard
15012 <row topline="true">
15013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15016 \begin_layout Standard
15031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15034 \begin_layout Standard
15040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15043 \begin_layout Standard
15049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15052 \begin_layout Standard
15059 <row topline="true">
15060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15063 \begin_layout Standard
15078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15081 \begin_layout Standard
15087 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15090 \begin_layout Standard
15105 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15108 \begin_layout Standard
15115 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15119 \begin_layout Standard
15134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15137 \begin_layout Standard
15143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15146 \begin_layout Standard
15152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15155 \begin_layout Standard
15169 \begin_layout Subsection
15173 \begin_layout Standard
15174 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
15175 brings up a settings dialog.
15176 Among these options are:
15179 \begin_layout Itemize
15180 Adding/removing border lines from a row or column.
15181 If you remove the top line from one of the rows, you'll get a dotted line
15182 in LyX, but no line will appear in the printout.
15183 If you set the bottom line of one row and the top line of the row below,
15184 then the rows are separated by a small space, as you can see with the top
15185 row in the example above.
15186 You can do the same vertically if you set the right line of a column and
15187 the left line of the column to the right.
15190 \begin_layout Itemize
15191 Text alignment in a column
15194 \begin_layout Itemize
15195 Appending rows and columns
15198 \begin_layout Itemize
15199 Deleting rows, columns, or the entire table
15202 \begin_layout Itemize
15206 \begin_layout Itemize
15207 Setting a fixed width for a column
15210 \begin_layout Itemize
15211 Longtable options - this is useful if your table is higher than the paper.
15212 Then the table is split on the bottom of the page and continued on the
15213 next one, instead of running of the end of the page.
15216 \begin_layout Itemize
15217 Rotate the whole table or a single cell sideways, by 90 degrees
15220 \begin_layout Standard
15221 You can also use the menu to perform these operations.
15227 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15241 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15248 when the cursor is inside a table.
15252 \begin_layout Standard
15253 Most of these options also work on selections.
15254 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
15255 done on all of your selection.
15256 Note that there is a difference between selecting the
15260 of the cell, and the cell itself.
15261 If you can see a red border inside a cell, then a selection will select
15267 or click outside of the box, then the selection will select cells (whether
15268 you use the mouse or the normal cursor-movement keys).
15271 \begin_layout Standard
15272 When you append a row, it is added
15276 the row containing the cursor.
15277 Similarly, columns are appended to the
15282 This makes it difficult to add columns on the left edge of a table without
15283 a lot of cutting and pasting.
15284 Deletion is always performed on the row or column containing the cursor.
15288 \begin_layout Standard
15289 The multicolumn option merges two or more adjacent cells on a given row.
15290 For example, in the above table, row
15291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15298 has had multicolumn applied to the columns labelled
15299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15314 To use it, you must first select the cells, then choose
15319 This will not work vertically - see the Table Examples document for how
15323 \begin_layout Standard
15328 if you need to have a special handling for a single table cell's top and
15329 bottom border lines and text alignment.
15330 Here an example of this special handling of a cell:
15333 \begin_layout Standard
15335 \begin_inset Tabular
15336 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15338 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15339 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15340 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15341 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15342 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15345 \begin_layout Standard
15360 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15363 \begin_layout Standard
15378 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15381 \begin_layout Standard
15397 <row topline="true">
15398 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15401 \begin_layout Standard
15416 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15419 \begin_layout Standard
15433 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15436 \begin_layout Standard
15451 <row topline="true">
15452 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15455 \begin_layout Standard
15470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15473 \begin_layout Standard
15487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15490 \begin_layout Standard
15505 <row topline="true">
15506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15509 \begin_layout Standard
15524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15527 \begin_layout Standard
15541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15544 \begin_layout Standard
15559 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15563 \begin_layout Standard
15578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15581 \begin_layout Standard
15595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15598 \begin_layout Standard
15620 \begin_layout Standard
15621 You see here that the header line cells are aligned to the center, whereas
15622 the left column is aligned to the left, and the other columns are aligned
15624 Also the bottom and top line of two cells have been removed.
15625 \begin_inset Note Note
15628 \begin_layout Standard
15629 I can make nothing of this explanation.
15630 An improvement would be nice :) - jbl
15638 \begin_layout Standard
15639 If you want your column to have a fixed width, then you can insert a width
15652 This will then allow the cell to have multiple paragraphs of text.
15655 \begin_layout Standard
15656 If your table becomes too large to fit on a portrait document layout, you
15659 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
15662 button, and the table will appear sideways (this means landscape in a portrait
15664 You might also like to rotate single table cells to give them more horizontal
15666 The example below demonstrates why it is useful to rotate single cells.
15669 \begin_layout Standard
15676 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
15683 display on screen, and works
15687 for PostScript output.
15688 So, if you want to preview them, use
15693 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15707 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
15712 will not show the table properly.
15715 \begin_layout Standard
15717 \begin_inset Tabular
15718 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="12">
15720 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15721 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15722 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15723 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15724 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15725 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15726 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15727 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15728 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15729 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15730 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15731 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15732 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15736 \begin_layout Standard
15751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15754 \begin_layout Standard
15769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15772 \begin_layout Standard
15787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15790 \begin_layout Standard
15805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15808 \begin_layout Standard
15823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15826 \begin_layout Standard
15841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15844 \begin_layout Standard
15859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15862 \begin_layout Standard
15877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15880 \begin_layout Standard
15895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15898 \begin_layout Standard
15913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15916 \begin_layout Standard
15931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15934 \begin_layout Standard
15950 <row topline="true">
15951 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15954 \begin_layout Standard
15970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15973 \begin_layout Standard
15988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15991 \begin_layout Standard
15997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16000 \begin_layout Standard
16015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16018 \begin_layout Standard
16033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16036 \begin_layout Standard
16042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16045 \begin_layout Standard
16060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16063 \begin_layout Standard
16069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16072 \begin_layout Standard
16087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16090 \begin_layout Standard
16105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16108 \begin_layout Standard
16123 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16126 \begin_layout Standard
16142 <row topline="true">
16143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16146 \begin_layout Standard
16162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16165 \begin_layout Standard
16171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16174 \begin_layout Standard
16189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16192 \begin_layout Standard
16207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16210 \begin_layout Standard
16225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16228 \begin_layout Standard
16243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16246 \begin_layout Standard
16261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16264 \begin_layout Standard
16279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16282 \begin_layout Standard
16297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16300 \begin_layout Standard
16315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16318 \begin_layout Standard
16333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16336 \begin_layout Standard
16352 <row topline="true">
16353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16356 \begin_layout Standard
16372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16375 \begin_layout Standard
16390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16393 \begin_layout Standard
16408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16411 \begin_layout Standard
16426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16429 \begin_layout Standard
16435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16438 \begin_layout Standard
16453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16456 \begin_layout Standard
16471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16474 \begin_layout Standard
16489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16492 \begin_layout Standard
16507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16510 \begin_layout Standard
16516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16519 \begin_layout Standard
16534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16537 \begin_layout Standard
16553 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16557 \begin_layout Standard
16573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16576 \begin_layout Standard
16591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16594 \begin_layout Standard
16600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16603 \begin_layout Standard
16618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16621 \begin_layout Standard
16636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16639 \begin_layout Standard
16645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16648 \begin_layout Standard
16654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16657 \begin_layout Standard
16672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16675 \begin_layout Standard
16690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16693 \begin_layout Standard
16708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16711 \begin_layout Standard
16717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16720 \begin_layout Standard
16736 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16740 \begin_layout Standard
16755 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16758 \begin_layout Standard
16773 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16776 \begin_layout Standard
16782 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16785 \begin_layout Standard
16791 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16794 \begin_layout Standard
16800 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16803 \begin_layout Standard
16809 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16812 \begin_layout Standard
16818 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16821 \begin_layout Standard
16827 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16830 \begin_layout Standard
16836 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16839 \begin_layout Standard
16845 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16848 \begin_layout Standard
16854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16857 \begin_layout Standard
16880 \begin_layout Subsection
16881 What can be placed inside a table cell?
16884 \begin_layout Standard
16885 Many objects can be placed inside a table cell.
16886 Any single line of text, an equation (not a displayed or multilined equation,
16887 though), or a figure can be in a cell; in fact, all three kinds of objects
16888 can be placed in the same cell.
16889 Font sizes and shapes can be altered, and the table will adjust to display
16891 However, you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
16895 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
16896 for the cell's paragraph.
16899 \begin_layout Subsection
16900 Cut & Paste in Tables
16903 \begin_layout Standard
16904 Cutting and pasting between tables works reasonably well.
16905 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
16906 Selection with the mouse or with
16910 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
16911 The values in the second table below were cut and pasted from the first,
16912 using the mouse to select and paste.
16915 \begin_layout Standard
16917 \begin_inset Tabular
16918 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
16920 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16921 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16922 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
16923 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16927 \begin_layout Standard
16942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16945 \begin_layout Standard
16960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16963 \begin_layout Standard
16980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16983 \begin_layout Standard
16998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17001 \begin_layout Standard
17016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17019 \begin_layout Standard
17035 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17039 \begin_layout Standard
17054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17057 \begin_layout Standard
17072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17075 \begin_layout Standard
17098 \begin_layout Standard
17100 \begin_inset Tabular
17101 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
17103 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17104 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17105 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17106 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17110 \begin_layout Standard
17125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17128 \begin_layout Standard
17143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17146 \begin_layout Standard
17163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17166 \begin_layout Standard
17181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17184 \begin_layout Standard
17199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17202 \begin_layout Standard
17218 <row topline="true">
17219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17222 \begin_layout Standard
17237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17240 \begin_layout Standard
17246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17249 \begin_layout Standard
17256 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17260 \begin_layout Standard
17266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17269 \begin_layout Standard
17275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17278 \begin_layout Standard
17292 \begin_layout Standard
17293 Note that you can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit
17294 by starting the selection from outside the table.
17297 \begin_layout Subsection
17298 Multiple lines in cells
17301 \begin_layout Standard
17302 It is possible to have multi-line entries in tables, but not in a completely
17304 Define a fixed length for the column in the
17309 After this, your text is automatically split into more lines and the cell
17310 enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given fixed
17315 \begin_layout Standard
17317 \begin_inset Tabular
17318 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
17320 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17321 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
17322 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17323 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17327 \begin_layout Standard
17342 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17345 \begin_layout Standard
17360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17363 \begin_layout Standard
17380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17383 \begin_layout Standard
17398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17401 \begin_layout Standard
17411 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17419 \begin_layout Standard
17435 <row bottomline="true">
17436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17439 \begin_layout Standard
17454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17457 \begin_layout Standard
17467 This is longer now.
17472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17475 \begin_layout Standard
17491 <row bottomline="true">
17492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17495 \begin_layout Standard
17510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17513 \begin_layout Standard
17523 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17524 This is longer now.
17529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17532 \begin_layout Standard
17555 \begin_layout Standard
17556 Text within a cell will not normally wrap to fit the page, so if a line
17557 of text in a table is too long, the table will extend beyond the right
17558 margin of the page.
17559 Similarly, tables will not split themselves at the bottom of a page, and
17560 so might extend below the bottom margin.
17561 You have these options to resolve this problem:
17564 \begin_layout Enumerate
17565 Split it into two tables.
17568 \begin_layout Enumerate
17578 This automatically splits the table over more pages, if it is too tall.
17579 After doing this, the list of
17583 buttons activate themselves and you may now define:
17587 \begin_layout Enumerate
17593 : The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options
17594 defined are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
17597 \begin_layout Enumerate
17602 : The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options
17603 defined are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
17604 except for the first page, if
17612 \begin_layout Enumerate
17617 : The current row and all rows below that don't have any special options
17618 defined are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
17619 except for the last page, if
17627 \begin_layout Enumerate
17633 : The current row and all rows below that don't have any special options
17634 defined are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
17637 \begin_layout Standard
17638 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
17639 of the fact that only the first flag is used in the given table rows.
17640 The others will then be defined as
17645 In this context, first means first in this order:
17647 Footer, Last\InsetSpace ~
17667 example file to see how this works.
17673 \begin_layout Standard
17674 The check box in the long table options can be used to specify specific
17675 rows to break the page on as well.
17679 \begin_layout Enumerate
17680 A table can also be placed in a float, as described below, which will allow
17681 TeX to place it as well as it can within the page.
17684 \begin_layout Subsection
17686 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:table float}
17693 \begin_layout Standard
17694 Outside of a float, the table will be positioned exactly where it is placed
17713 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17723 menu will enable LaTeX to place the table where it fits best, rather than
17724 exactly where you insert it.
17725 Float placement for table floats is similar to that for figure floats
17726 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
17730 , and is described in section
17731 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:float-locn}
17736 Captions also work the same way as with figure floats, as described in
17738 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
17744 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{table:a table float}
17748 is an example of a table float.
17749 \begin_inset Float table
17755 \begin_layout Caption
17756 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{table:a table float}
17763 \begin_layout Standard
17765 \begin_inset Tabular
17766 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
17768 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17769 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17770 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17771 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17775 \begin_layout Standard
17790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17793 \begin_layout Standard
17808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17811 \begin_layout Standard
17827 <row topline="true">
17828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17831 \begin_layout Standard
17846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17849 \begin_layout Standard
17864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17867 \begin_layout Standard
17883 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17887 \begin_layout Standard
17897 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
17905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17908 \begin_layout Standard
17918 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
17920 c & d\end{array}\right]$
17928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17931 \begin_layout Standard
17941 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
17962 \begin_layout Section
17963 Table of Contents and other Listings
17964 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:toc}
17971 \begin_layout Standard
17972 One of the really nice features of LaTeX is the ease with which it lets
17974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17981 such as a Table of Contents.
17982 All you need to do is to use certain environments and insert a reference
17983 at the place where you want the list to appear.
17986 \begin_layout Subsection
17987 The Table of Contents
17990 \begin_layout Standard
17991 In order to get a Table of Contents, you need to do four things:
17994 \begin_layout Enumerate
17995 Use a document class that includes support (all but
18002 \begin_layout Enumerate
18003 Set paragraph environments appropriately:
18013 (Sub...), Paragraph
18016 Note that styles with a
18028 appear in the Table of Contents.
18031 \begin_layout Enumerate
18032 Make sure you set the
18037 ection\InsetSpace ~
18038 number\InsetSpace ~
18057 Document\InsetSpace ~
18060 dialog to the appropriate value as described in
18061 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:section-depth}
18068 \begin_layout Enumerate
18069 Insert the ToC command at some place in the document.
18070 You'll find it under
18075 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18082 C\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18094 \begin_layout Standard
18095 You can also bring up a dialog for navigating through your document with
18101 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18113 \begin_layout Subsection
18114 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
18115 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ListsOf}
18122 \begin_layout Standard
18123 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
18124 You can insert them from the
18129 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18139 If you want figures, tables, or algorithms to appear in the list, you must
18140 place them inside a float of the relevant type and add a caption.
18143 \begin_layout Chapter
18144 Mathematical Formulae
18147 \begin_layout Section
18151 \begin_layout Standard
18152 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon with
18153 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$
18157 That will open a little blue square, with purple markers around it, on
18159 That blue square is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate what
18160 level of nesting within the formula you are at.
18161 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
18168 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
18173 menu; or you can use a keyboard macro,
18187 (CUA binding only).
18190 \begin_layout Standard
18191 If you simply need to type a single Greek letter, such as
18192 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
18195 , there is a special shortcut.
18203 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
18213 \begin_inset Formula $\beta$
18219 \begin_layout Standard
18220 Editing the parameters of a formula may be done from the
18225 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18230 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18239 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18242 , or by clicking the right mouse button on the formula.
18243 The math panel is very useful, so you may want to open it and leave it
18244 somewhere on the screen.
18245 If you're not already in a formula, selecting anything from the math panel
18246 will insert a formula for you.
18249 \begin_layout Subsection
18250 Navigating a Formula
18253 \begin_layout Standard
18254 The best control over cursor position within an existing formula is achieved
18255 with the arrow keys.
18256 Mathed uses small squares to indicate places where something can be inserted.
18257 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
18262 will leave a fraction or other formula construct (a square root
18263 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
18267 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
18271 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
18273 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
18281 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
18286 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
18287 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
18290 \begin_layout Standard
18295 seems to do nothing in Mathed, since it does not in fact add a space between
18296 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
18297 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
18302 For example, if you want
18303 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
18350 , since in the latter case only the
18353 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
18358 will be under the square root sign,
18359 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
18363 For those who learned to space out expressions in this way, it takes a
18367 \begin_layout Standard
18368 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
18370 \begin_inset Formula \[
18371 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
18374 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right).\]
18378 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
18379 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
18382 \begin_layout Subsection
18386 \begin_layout Standard
18387 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
18388 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
18392 and a cursor movement key to select text.
18393 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
18394 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
18395 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula
18396 (not in a plain text region in LyX, though).
18399 \begin_layout Subsection
18400 Exponents and Subscripts
18403 \begin_layout Standard
18404 You can use the math panel to add superscripts or subscripts, but the much
18405 easier way is to use the standard TeX method.
18407 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
18423 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression, instead of
18424 in the superscript.
18430 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
18434 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
18455 Subscripts are similar, to get
18456 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
18471 Note that by default, the superscript or subscript is only for the single
18472 symbol to the left, which changes the spacing and alignment; you should
18474 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Grouping}
18478 if you need to alter this.
18481 \begin_layout Subsection
18485 \begin_layout Standard
18486 Create a fraction with either
18494 (in Mathed) or using the fraction icon in the
18514 You will be presented with an empty fraction, with two Mathed insertion
18515 squares top and bottom.
18516 The cursor moves immediately to the top of the fraction.
18517 To move to the bottom, simply press
18522 To move back up, press
18527 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
18528 \begin_inset Formula \[
18529 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
18531 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
18538 \begin_layout Subsection
18542 \begin_layout Standard
18544 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
18548 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
18551 ) signs are very often decorated with one or more sets of
18552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18560 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
18561 a superscript or subscript, directly after the symbol.
18562 Sum will automatically place its
18563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18570 over and under the symbol in display style, but will move them to the side
18571 when inlined, such as
18572 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
18576 \begin_inset Note Note
18579 \begin_layout Standard
18580 We haven't yet explained what display vs.
18587 \begin_inset Formula \[
18588 \sum_{n=1}^{\infty}\frac{x^{n}}{n}=\ln\left(\frac{1}{1-x}\right).\]
18592 Integral signs, however, will not by default move the limits to directly
18593 over and under the integral sign in display style, as in
18594 \begin_inset Formula $\int_{a}^{x}f(t)dt:=F(x)$
18598 \begin_inset Formula \[
18599 \int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\frac{dx}{1+x^{2}}=\pi.\]
18603 Both symbols will be automatically re-sized when placed in display mode.
18604 In display mode, the placement of the limits (directly above and below,
18605 or offset to the right from the sign) can be changed by placing the cursor
18606 in front of the sign and hitting
18611 Exactly what change occurs depends on the sign.
18615 \begin_layout Standard
18616 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
18617 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18624 feature as addition, such as
18625 \begin_inset Formula \[
18626 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
18630 which will place the
18631 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
18635 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18639 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18642 in display mode, but not in inlined mode,
18643 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
18648 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
18651 was entered as a function - you get it in LyX by typing
18657 in math-mode, or choosing from the
18658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18665 menu in the math panel; see
18666 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-functions}
18673 \begin_layout Subsubsection
18674 Special integral symbols
18677 \begin_layout Standard
18678 Standard LaTeX does only provide a very limited set of integral symbols.
18679 Therefore several packages implement additional symbols, e.g.\InsetSpace ~
18682 \begin_inset Formula $\iint$
18692 Unfortunately they do not always look consistent, e.g.\InsetSpace ~
18696 \begin_inset Formula $\iint$
18710 \begin_inset Formula $\varint$
18720 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
18728 Therefore you should enable the automatic loading of the
18737 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18744 if you need special integrals.
18745 This package defines a complete set of consistent looking integral symbols.
18746 You can find most of them in the math panel.
18747 This document does use the
18751 package instead of the
18755 package, because the latter is not yet included in all TeX distributions,
18756 so you can see the different looking integral symbols using
18761 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18771 \begin_layout Subsection
18773 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-panel}
18780 \begin_layout Standard
18790 dialog (accessible via
18795 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18802 ) has a more extensive list of symbols and structures.
18803 As stated earlier, you can keep the math panel open when writing mathematics.
18804 The use of the panel should be fairly obvious; we'll describe some of the
18805 details in later sections.
18808 \begin_layout Standard
18809 Note that right-clicking on a formula opens the panel as well.
18812 \begin_layout Subsection
18816 \begin_layout Standard
18817 Most math symbols can be found in the math panel under one of several categories
18823 \begin_inset Formula $\Gamma\rho\epsilon\epsilon\kappa$
18831 \begin_inset Formula $\pm\times$
18839 \begin_inset Formula $\leq\cong$
18847 \begin_inset Formula $\uparrow\Leftrightarrow$
18856 \begin_inset Formula $\sum\int$
18864 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
18866 If you know the standard LaTeX macro for a particular symbol you which
18867 to use, you do not have to use these dialogs, but they will help for those
18868 symbols whose LaTeX name you do not know.
18869 Note that the AMS symbols will not be displayed as symbols in LyX unless
18870 you install the right fonts as described in the relevant manual.
18873 \begin_layout Standard
18874 It is possible to get an nth root symbol.
18875 In the minibuffer, type
18880 This generates a root symbol with an extra box above the root sign.
18889 to move between the two boxes.
18890 You can also use the key binding
18897 \begin_layout Subsection
18901 \begin_layout Standard
18902 You may want to create blank spaces that differs from the standard spacing
18903 that LaTeX provides.
18904 We don't recommend this as a matter of course, since the whole idea of
18905 WYSIWYM is that you don't think about the typesetting, but the content.
18906 However, there are situations where you will want to add spaces.
18907 The first thing to do is to type
18912 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen within
18914 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
18918 The next trick is to change that space to different sizes.
18923 you move the cursor, after typing
18931 again, you will change the size of the space, through a number of variable
18933 The last ones in the list are red, and are a negative space.
18935 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
18939 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
18943 You can also insert these spaces via the math panel.
18946 \begin_layout Subsection
18948 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-functions}
18955 \begin_layout Standard
18956 The math panel contains a number of
18957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18965 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
18969 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
18977 (you can type them in a formula by typing
18984 Standard mathematical practice is that functions which are names, like
18986 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
18989 , should not be italicized.
18990 Entering just the letters
18991 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
18994 within Mathed will give italics, of course, so these special macros are
18996 They do more to the final output than just change the typeface, however.
18997 For example, the expression
18998 \begin_inset Formula $\sin t$
19001 will typeset with a little extra space between the n and the t.
19002 For words which are more sophisticated mathematical objects, like
19003 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
19006 , the macro changes the way that subscripts are placed, depending on whether
19007 the math-inset is inlined or displayed:
19008 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L$
19012 \begin_inset Formula \[
19013 \lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L.\]
19017 These two expressions were typed the same way, but using the macro
19023 alters the appearance (actually, it is the inlined version that is altered,
19024 to improve linespacing).
19027 \begin_layout Subsection
19031 \begin_layout Standard
19032 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
19034 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
19035 You can also use TeX macro equivalents, as macros.
19036 That is, you can enter
19037 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19040 to get the same effect if your keyboard does not have accents enabled.
19041 This is entered by typing
19042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19056 These are the equivalences between the text names and the macro names for
19057 the various accents:
19060 \begin_layout Standard
19062 \begin_inset Tabular
19063 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
19065 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19066 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19067 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
19068 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19072 \begin_layout Standard
19087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19090 \begin_layout Standard
19105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19108 \begin_layout Standard
19124 <row topline="true">
19125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19128 \begin_layout Standard
19143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19146 \begin_layout Standard
19161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19164 \begin_layout Standard
19174 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19183 <row topline="true">
19184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19187 \begin_layout Standard
19202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19205 \begin_layout Standard
19220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19223 \begin_layout Standard
19233 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
19242 <row topline="true">
19243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19246 \begin_layout Standard
19261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19264 \begin_layout Standard
19279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19282 \begin_layout Standard
19292 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
19301 <row topline="true">
19302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19305 \begin_layout Standard
19320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19323 \begin_layout Standard
19338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19341 \begin_layout Standard
19351 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
19360 <row topline="true">
19361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19364 \begin_layout Standard
19379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19382 \begin_layout Standard
19397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19400 \begin_layout Standard
19410 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
19419 <row topline="true">
19420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19423 \begin_layout Standard
19438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19441 \begin_layout Standard
19456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19459 \begin_layout Standard
19469 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
19478 <row topline="true">
19479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19482 \begin_layout Standard
19497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19500 \begin_layout Standard
19515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19518 \begin_layout Standard
19528 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
19537 <row topline="true">
19538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19541 \begin_layout Standard
19556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19559 \begin_layout Standard
19574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19577 \begin_layout Standard
19587 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
19596 <row topline="true">
19597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19600 \begin_layout Standard
19615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19618 \begin_layout Standard
19633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19636 \begin_layout Standard
19646 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
19655 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19659 \begin_layout Standard
19674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19677 \begin_layout Standard
19692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19695 \begin_layout Standard
19705 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
19721 \begin_layout Standard
19722 Finally, you can choose one of these accents by selecting an item from the
19727 symbol set in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have
19728 made within a formula too.
19731 \begin_layout Subsection
19732 The math editor for LaTeX users
19735 \begin_layout Standard
19736 Editing mathematical expressions in LyX can be done in one of two ways.
19737 You can use the native LyX support for rendering the formulae in a WYSIWYM
19739 LaTeX users might like to be able to use the keyboard to enter things like
19746 (this gets, in ordinary TeX, an
19747 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19750 in the final document), believing that it is faster than chasing around
19751 menus for a symbol.
19752 Here's a testimonial of one of those old LaTeX users,
19757 \begin_layout Quotation
19758 I was finally convinced that the math editor was the way to go when I found
19759 that, with a few modifications, I could use it the same way I was accustomed
19761 As an example, I created this
19762 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19765 by typing the following keys: First type
19795 As soon as I typed that
19800 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19803 was right there on the screen.
19807 \begin_layout Standard
19813 sequence inserts a formula (you may also use
19828 is of course the standard TeX command for a Greek alpha letter, and the
19833 leaves the formula.
19834 Some of the advantages of this approach are:
19837 \begin_layout Itemize
19838 You have immediate visual feedback to be sure your TeX was correct
19841 \begin_layout Itemize
19842 You have the real mathematical expression on the screen, correctly displayed,
19843 to make sure your mathematics is correct (correctly written, at least)
19846 \begin_layout Itemize
19847 All the new LaTeX fuss with special environments and such are taken care
19851 \begin_layout Itemize
19852 You won't have to chase through the code trying to find that missing
19863 \begin_layout Itemize
19864 If you don't remember the LaTeX name of a particular symbol, like
19865 \begin_inset Formula $\wp$
19868 , you can find it in the dialogs
19871 \begin_layout Section
19872 Brackets and decorations
19875 \begin_layout Standard
19876 There are several brackets available through LyX.
19877 For most purposes, using just the keys
19883 should suffice, but the effect, especially if you want to surround a large
19884 structure, such as a matrix or a fraction, or if you have several layers
19885 of brackets, is better using the math panel's
19891 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-panel}
19896 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
19898 \begin_inset Formula \[
19899 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
19901 3 & 4\end{array}\right],\]
19905 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses of an abomination
19907 \begin_inset Formula \[
19908 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
19913 \begin_inset Formula \[
19914 f\left(g\left(h\left(k\left(l\left(x\right)\right)\right)\right)\right).\]
19918 The parentheses, and other brackets, from that menu will automatically re-size
19919 to accommodate the size of what is inside (This is done in straight LaTeX
19932 \begin_layout Standard
19933 It is very easy to construct the braces you want to use.
19934 Click on the brace you want on the left side with the left mouse button,
19935 the right side with the right button, and place them in the document by
19936 clicking on the button.
19937 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
19938 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will print.
19941 \begin_layout Standard
19942 If you decide after the fact to place parentheses (or other math structure,
19943 like a square root, or other decoration) around some math structure, you
19944 can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go inside
19945 the parentheses (that is done by holding the
19949 key down and moving the cursor with the arrow keys, or selecting with the
19951 Then, choose the appropriate brackets for left and right, and click on
19957 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
19960 \begin_layout Standard
19961 If you're trying to enter a LaTeX
19965 for grouping, you should read
19966 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Grouping}
19973 \begin_layout Section
19975 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Grouping}
19982 \begin_layout Standard
19983 You may need to group a set of symbols.
19984 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
19995 \begin_layout Standard
19996 \begin_inset Formula \[
19997 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{{y^{z}}}\]
20004 \begin_layout Standard
20005 However, trying to type the
20009 in LyX gives an actual closing brace in the output.
20010 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
20017 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
20018 The example directly above shows how this works.
20021 \begin_layout Section
20022 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
20025 \begin_layout Standard
20026 Arrays, such as matrices, are easily entered in LyX.
20032 there is a matrix button, which will open a dialog for you to choose the
20033 number of rows/columns.
20034 Here is an example:
20035 \begin_inset Formula \[
20036 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20039 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right).\]
20043 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as usual.
20044 Remember that you can add this after the fact, by highlighting the matrix
20045 inside Mathed (Position the mouse on one side of the matrix, hold the
20049 key down, and hit the appropriate arrow key to move the cursor across the
20051 You can, when you construct the matrix, decide whether the columns (or
20052 some of them) will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
20053 The specification is
20058 Each letter corresponds to the relevant column.
20063 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
20064 centered, and the third column will be right-justified..
20065 It will look like this:
20066 \begin_inset Formula \[
20068 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
20069 column & has & has\, right\\
20070 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
20077 \begin_layout Standard
20078 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
20082 while in the matrix, and you can add columns, or delete either, via the
20088 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20100 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20110 \begin_layout Standard
20111 There are numerous other arrays used in LaTeX math-mode, particularly with
20112 the AMS-LaTeX packages included, such as
20118 and commutative diagrams.
20119 Not all of these are supported in LyX but some are, see
20124 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20133 \begin_layout Standard
20134 Multi-line equations are very easy to construct in LyX.
20135 A formula will automatically switch to an
20141 format (LaTeX's multi-line displayed equation format) if you hit
20149 The best way to do this, if you decide you want a multi-line displayed
20150 equation, is to insert a new line (with
20157 Each line then has three regions, left, center, and right, which you can
20158 move through using either the arrow keys, the mouse, or the
20165 Here is an example:
20166 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
20168 4+5 & = & 9.\end{eqnarray*}
20172 You can also turn an existing displayed formula into a multi-line formula
20179 while the cursor is anywhere on the original formula.
20184 try to decide where to break the formula up into three parts, but places
20185 everything in the left side of the line.
20186 To change the alignment points of the equation, place the cursor where
20187 you want to start the middle part of the line, and hit
20192 It then puts everything to the right of the cursor in the middle region
20193 of the equation (which, by the way, is not typeset by LaTeX in display-math
20194 size, so you should not put large expressions like fractions there).
20195 Move to where you want the right side of the line to begin, and hit
20201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20208 insertion points in the line will disappear.
20211 \begin_layout Section
20212 Equation Numbering and Labels
20213 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-label}
20220 \begin_layout Standard
20221 Equation numbering is very easy in LyX.
20222 All it takes to change a displayed equation like:
20223 \begin_inset Formula \[
20228 into the numbered equation :
20229 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
20230 1+2=3\label{mathed:first-eqn}\end{equation}
20241 menu, and select the
20250 This opens a dialog in which you must enter some string as the label.
20251 There is no need to call it by a specific number, since LaTeX will take
20252 care of re-numbering the equation.
20253 Labels will not appear as such on the final output.
20254 LaTeX will insert appropriate numbers for the equations.
20255 The labels are used internally for cross-referencing.
20256 You can turn on numbering without a specific label with the menu option
20262 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20267 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20268 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20275 while the cursor is in the equation, such as:
20278 \begin_layout Standard
20279 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
20280 1+1=2.\end{equation}
20284 You can toggle it on or off with this menu item.
20285 You can reference a labelled (not just numbered) equation, (cf.
20287 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:first-eqn}
20295 dialog, which you open using
20300 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20311 \begin_layout Standard
20312 For numbered (or labelled) multi-line formulas, the default is that all
20313 lines are numbered separately.
20314 Once you attach a label to make the equation numbered, all subsequent lines
20315 receive a label of #.
20316 That label can be changed to another so that you can refer to that line,
20318 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:third-eqn}
20323 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20324 1 & = & 3-2\label{mathed:second-equation}\\
20325 2 & = & 4-2\label{mathed:third-eqn}\\
20326 4 & \leq & 7.\end{eqnarray}
20330 You can turn off numbering of a specific line with
20335 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20340 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20341 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20346 umbering\InsetSpace ~
20350 while the cursor is on that line of a multi-line numbered equation.
20353 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20354 1 & = & 4-3\label{mathed:fourth-eqn}\\
20356 1 & = & e^{2\pi i}\nonumber \\
20357 16 & \equiv & 2\,(mod\,7)\label{mathed:fifth-eqn}\end{eqnarray}
20361 Note that the first equation in this set (
20362 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:fourth-eqn}
20366 ) is labelled, the next is numbered but unlabelled, the third is unnumbered,
20368 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:fifth-eqn}
20372 ) is again labelled.
20376 \begin_layout Section
20377 User defined macros in math mode
20380 \begin_layout Standard
20381 LyX allows the user to define macros for use in math mode.
20382 A macro definition box appears on screen as purple box with the name of
20383 the macro in blue (math color).
20384 It contains two cells initially marked empty by blue rectangles that can
20385 be edited as if it were ordinary math.
20387 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
20388 \newcommand{\macro}{a+b}
20391 The contents of the first cell will be used when the macro definition is
20392 written during export as LaTeX.
20393 The contents of the second cell, however, will be used for drawing the
20394 macro's expansion on screen.
20395 In the common case where both export and drawing use the same representation,
20396 the second cell can be left empty and LyX will use the contents of the
20397 first cell will be used for export and drawing automatically.
20400 \begin_layout Standard
20401 Now, to use this macro in other math boxes just type the name in TeX mode,
20408 , and it will be automatically expanded:
20409 \begin_inset Formula $c=\macro$
20413 As you can verify, the cursor can't go inside the macro, the whole macro
20414 is like a single character, and the TeX generated code of this expression
20422 \begin_layout Standard
20423 However the cursor could go inside of some kind of macros, those that have
20429 In a macro definition box an argument looks like a
20433 followed by the argument number:
20434 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
20435 \newcommand{\macrowarg}[1]{2+\sqrt{#1}}
20441 \begin_layout Standard
20442 Once expanded, this macro includes the usual empty rectangle to indicate
20443 that you can insert there whatever you want:
20448 \begin_inset Formula $\macrowarg{}$
20455 \begin_inset Formula $b=\macrowarg{x-2}$
20462 \begin_layout Standard
20463 When exported to LaTeX, a macro definition will produce the command
20476 \begin_layout Subsection
20477 How to create macros
20480 \begin_layout Standard
20481 To create a macro definition box use this syntax in the minibuffer:
20485 \begin_layout Standard
20486 Macro names mustn't contain numbers!
20494 \begin_layout Standard
20497 math-macro <macro name> [number of arguments]
20500 \begin_layout Standard
20508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20531 math-macro macrowarg 1
20534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20540 \begin_layout Standard
20541 To insert an argument mark (only inside a macro definition box) simply type
20549 math-macro-arg <number>
20552 \begin_layout Standard
20553 The argument mark in
20559 was introduced with
20560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20574 \begin_layout Standard
20575 You can use no more than 9 arguments, numbered from 1 to 9.
20576 An argument can be repeated inside the macro definition box, but of course
20577 can be edited only once.
20580 \begin_layout Subsection
20581 How to navigate in macros
20584 \begin_layout Description
20588 keys: Opening a macro from the left side will put the cursor
20589 in the first argument, to move to the second argument use the TAB key.
20590 Remember that pressing the Space bar will get the cursor out and at the
20591 right side of the macro.
20594 \begin_layout Description
20597 mouse: As usual, click on the desired argument box.
20598 Sometimes this fails if the box is empty or too small.
20601 \begin_layout Standard
20602 Currently it is only possible to define command macros, but not environment
20606 \begin_layout Section
20610 \begin_layout Subsection
20614 \begin_layout Standard
20615 You can use various typefaces in a formula.
20616 The standard font for text is italic,
20617 \begin_inset Formula $text$
20620 , but for numbers the standard is Roman.
20621 To set a font in a formula, choose it from the math panel, or by entering
20622 the LaTeX command for it directly, as follows:
20625 \begin_layout Standard
20627 \begin_inset Tabular
20628 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
20630 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
20631 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
20632 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20636 \begin_layout Standard
20642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20645 \begin_layout Standard
20652 <row topline="true">
20653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20656 \begin_layout Standard
20663 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
20671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20674 \begin_layout Standard
20685 <row topline="true">
20686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20689 \begin_layout Standard
20690 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
20698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20701 \begin_layout Standard
20712 <row topline="true">
20713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20716 \begin_layout Standard
20717 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
20725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20728 \begin_layout Standard
20739 <row topline="true">
20740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20743 \begin_layout Standard
20750 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
20758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20761 \begin_layout Standard
20772 <row topline="true">
20773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20776 \begin_layout Standard
20777 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}$
20785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20788 \begin_layout Standard
20799 <row topline="true">
20800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20803 \begin_layout Standard
20804 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
20812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20815 \begin_layout Standard
20826 <row topline="true">
20827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20830 \begin_layout Standard
20838 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
20846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20849 \begin_layout Standard
20860 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20864 \begin_layout Standard
20865 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
20873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20876 \begin_layout Standard
20894 \begin_layout Standard
20895 LaTeX's math mode does not support all characters in all fonts, and only
20896 letters will be supported with these font styles; some only support capital
20900 \begin_layout Standard
20901 For any of these fonts, you have to be careful how you enter the text.
20902 If there is text to the right of the entry point, the font reverts to that
20903 style after one character.
20904 To be able to type a string in a particular font, make sure there is a
20905 protected-space to the right of the cursor.
20906 Also, entering a protected-space will revert subsequent text to standard
20908 The font styles are nestable, as LaTeX does.
20909 This can be a little confusing, as selecting a different font on a selection
20914 change the selection, but insert a new nested level with the new typeface.
20917 \begin_layout Standard
20918 It is possible (in AMS-LaTeX) to embolden (not italicize) numbers and special
20920 However, LyX does not yet support this in WYSIWYM manner\SpecialChar \@.
20923 To get emboldened symbols, for example a bold
20924 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20936 The closing brace appears (in red) automatically when you type the opening
20938 This works for all symbols, as well as numbers.
20941 \begin_layout Standard
20942 A number of other options are available as well, via
20947 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20952 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
20959 \begin_layout Subsection
20963 \begin_layout Standard
20964 Typefaces are useful for entering variable names in some given font, but
20965 certainly not for anything else, and in particular not text.
20966 For typing longer pieces of text, use math text mode, which is obtained
20971 while already in math mode.
20972 (The same command will get out of math text mode, too.) Math text mode appears
20973 on the screen in black instead of blue.
20974 You cannot enter punctuation or font changes in your text
20978 \begin_layout Standard
20979 Moreover, math text mode outputs its contents inside a
20997 ) might have been a better choice
21002 , but it works for simple text.
21004 \begin_inset Formula \[
21005 f(x)=\begin{array}{cc}
21006 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
21007 -x & \textrm{otherwise}\end{array}\]
21014 \begin_layout Subsection
21018 \begin_layout Standard
21019 There are four (relative) font sizes (or
21020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21027 ) used in math-mode, which are automatically chosen in most situations.
21045 For most characters,
21053 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
21054 and certain other effects, are set larger or placed differently in
21059 Except for some operators, which re-size themselves to accommodate various
21060 situations, all text will be set in these various sizes as LaTeX thinks
21062 These choices can be over-ridden by using the
21066 function in the minibuffer.
21067 For example, you can set
21068 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
21075 ), or you can make it larger, which also changes the line-spacing, by entering
21078 math-size displaystyle
21080 in the minibuffer while the cursor is in the main line of the math-inset,
21082 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
21086 Careful, though, if the cursor is on the denominator of that fraction,
21087 only the numerator will be enlarged, e.g.
21089 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
21092 ! This reflects a LaTeX
21093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21104 \begin_layout Standard
21111 These font-size changes are not as apparent in LyX as they are in the output.
21112 Here are some text in the various styles:
21113 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
21117 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
21121 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
21125 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
21131 \begin_layout Standard
21132 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that is, if the whole math
21133 inset and surrounding text are set in a particular size, all these sizes
21135 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
21136 will be adjusted to correspond.
21140 \begin_layout Standard
21144 Here is a paragraph in
21145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21152 font, with symbols:
21153 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21159 \begin_layout Standard
21160 This applies to math fonts in titles, etc.
21164 \begin_layout Section
21168 \begin_layout Standard
21169 The American Mathematical Society (AMS) provide a LaTeX packages that are
21171 LyX includes some support for these packages.
21174 \begin_layout Subsection
21175 Enabling AMS-Support
21178 \begin_layout Standard
21184 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21191 dialog there is a checkbox,
21198 If selected, this will include the AMS-package in the document, and make
21199 the facilities available.
21202 \begin_layout Subsection
21206 \begin_layout Standard
21207 The AMS-LaTeX packages add support for some mathematical symbols that are
21208 not accessible from plain LaTeX (or LyX), but are fairly common in mathematical
21209 typesetting, such as the old-German Fraktur font and the stylized
21210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21217 fonts commonly used to denote the real or complex numbers, or the integers.
21218 Once activated, all AMS-LaTeX symbols and environments are available.
21219 You will run into trouble if you include these packages from the preamble,
21220 since LyX now defines a few of the macros used in these packages on its
21222 The AMS-layouts include these packages automatically.
21225 \begin_layout Subsection
21229 \begin_layout Standard
21230 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
21231 LyX allows you to choose between
21252 Refer to the AMS-documenta\SpecialChar \-
21253 tion for the differences between these formula
21257 \begin_layout Chapter
21261 \begin_layout Section
21263 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:crossref}
21270 \begin_layout Standard
21271 Those of you reading this manual online will see a grey box with text in
21272 it, right before the beginning of this sentence.
21278 Properly speaking, it is one half of a cross-reference.
21279 The other half is the
21283 proper, and it looks like this:
21284 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:crossref}
21289 Again, those of you reading the manual online will see a gray box with
21291 Those reading printed versions, however, will see a number --- in this
21292 case, the number of this section.
21293 There are also other varieties of cross-reference: for example,
21294 \begin_inset LatexCommand \pageref{sec:crossref}
21299 This is the page number containing the location of the label.
21300 That's what cross-references do: they let you reference other parts of
21302 You don't need to remember which section number was what anymore --- LyX
21303 will do that for you! All you need to do is use a
21307 to mark a section, figure, table, formula, etc., and then refer to it via
21315 \begin_layout Standard
21316 To insert a label, use
21323 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
21329 A box will appear where you can enter your label.
21330 You can change the name of the label at a later time by simply clicking
21331 on the gray box and reopening the label dialog.
21334 \begin_layout Standard
21335 To insert a reference, select
21342 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
21351 Insert\InsetSpace ~
21354 dialog appears with a list of labels.
21355 Selecting a list item, then clicking
21359 inserts a reference into the text; changing the
21366 allows you to insert a page number or other reference variant instead.
21369 \begin_layout Standard
21370 Note that if you cut & paste text from another document that contains a
21379 , or if you delete a label in your text, LaTeX will complain:
21382 \begin_layout Quote
21389 Reference `X' on page Y undefined on input line Z
21395 There were undefined references
21398 \begin_layout Standard
21399 You'll also see two question marks in the output instead of the reference.
21402 \begin_layout Standard
21403 There are a few more comments we need to make about the
21408 They always print the number of the section heading closest to them.
21409 So --- if you want to put a label on a
21417 heading immediately follows it, you need to put the
21430 It doesn't matter where, and it will look weird on the LyX screen.
21431 However, you need to do this if you want to label the
21435 separately from the
21440 The same goes for all other section headings.
21443 \begin_layout Standard
21456 section headings and table and figure floats.
21457 Bare figures and tables aren't numbered, so, like unnumbered section headings,
21458 you can't really use a
21466 \begin_layout Standard
21471 , but only if you use the
21481 --- the one that refers to a section/table/figure number --- won't work,
21482 because there's no numbered thingy to refer to! You could also use bare
21487 s as page markers, then refer back to them using the
21493 Once again, the regular
21497 won't work very well.
21498 It will refer to something, but that something will typically be the number
21499 of the previous numbered section heading.
21505 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
21510 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:table float}
21515 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-label}
21519 for details on using a
21523 with figures, tables, and equations, respectively.
21527 \begin_layout Section
21528 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
21531 \begin_layout Standard
21532 It is often desirable to include long
21533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21540 items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.; these
21541 things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult to typeset
21543 Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
21544 resulting in an overfull or underfull line depending on the circumstances.
21547 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21554 within LyX to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully (if necessary)
21555 along automatically determined boundaries.
21558 \begin_layout Standard
21559 At the point in the document where you want to enter the URL (or other address-l
21560 ike entity) simply select
21562 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21569 ; a dialog will appear where you can enter the full URL (in the
21577 In its simplest usage, that's all you need to do.
21578 Click on the following gray box to see how LyX's homepage would be entered:
21580 \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.lyx.org}
21588 \begin_layout Standard
21593 : When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
21594 them with a backslash before, e.g.
21596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21606 URLs mustn't end with a backslash!
21614 \begin_layout Standard
21615 If you would like to associate some definite phrase with the URL, enter
21623 field of the dialog; it will be typeset as plain text immediately before
21625 For example, I might say that you can find all things related to LaTeX
21629 \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[CTAN]{http://ctan.tug.org}
21634 On the printed page, the last sentence ends as
21635 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21638 all things related to LaTeX at CTAN
21640 http://ctan.tug.org
21643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21649 \begin_layout Standard
21652 Author's Note: somebody needs to document the
21666 \begin_layout Section
21667 Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments
21668 \begin_inset OptArg
21671 \begin_layout Standard
21680 \begin_layout Standard
21681 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
21682 This can cause over-runs when there is limited horizontal space.
21683 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
21684 title, a long title will over-run past the edges, and look awful.
21687 \begin_layout Standard
21688 LaTeX allows you to specify an optional argument to the section commands
21689 that specifies a shorter version of the title
21693 \begin_layout Standard
21694 For those who don't know LaTeX, commands look like this:
21698 command[optionalargument]{the content}
21704 This shorter version is used in the header and in the actual Table of Contents,
21705 avoiding the problem mentioned.
21706 LyX allows you to specify this optional argument by selecting
21711 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21716 This will insert a box (labelled
21717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21721 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21732 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
21733 This also works for captions inside floats.
21736 \begin_layout Standard
21737 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
21740 \begin_layout Section
21744 \begin_layout Standard
21745 Sometimes you wish to be able to output to paper multiple versions of the
21747 The most extreme version of this is, when you want to prepare a single
21748 document in two or more different languages, but as a single document file,
21749 with corresponding pieces of text adjacent in the file and on-screen.
21750 This can be achieved with
21757 \begin_layout Standard
21762 the branches available within a particular document.
21763 This is done in the
21765 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21766 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21770 You can also associate a background colour with each branch, e.g., red for
21771 the English language, blue for the German language branch.
21772 Then, you create a branch inset from the
21774 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21778 The inset will contain the text that you want to be output when this branch
21782 \begin_layout Standard
21791 of a branch is done from the document settings menu.
21792 All insets belonging to deactivated branches will be automatically closed,
21793 those belonging to activated branches automatically opened.
21796 \begin_layout Standard
21797 Other possible applications of the Branches paradigm include a
21798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21805 of a textbook containing the answers to questions, etc.
21806 \begin_inset Note Note
21809 \begin_layout Standard
21810 Once this doc is updated to 1.4, include branch examples here!
21818 \begin_layout Section
21819 Previewing snippets of your document
21822 \begin_layout Standard
21823 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
21824 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
21825 to break your train of thought with
21830 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21838 If you'd like to see your math formulae typeset by LaTeX then install the
21839 necessary software (see below) and select the
21848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21855 pulldown item in the
21861 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21869 (It can be found in the
21873 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21876 pane in the Qt frontend and the
21880 Feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21883 tab in the XForms frontend.) Previews are generated when you load a document
21884 into LyX and when you finish editing an inset.
21885 Previews of an already loaded document are
21889 generated just by selecting the
21900 \begin_layout Standard
21901 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
21902 It will also generate previews of include insets or
21903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21918 check box in the inset's dialog.
21919 This latter is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure,
21921 Coming in version 1.4 are previews of the external inset also.
21924 \begin_layout Standard
21925 To get previews working, you'll need some additional software.
21926 First, you'll need the preview.sty LaTeX package.
21927 Find it on your local CTAN mirror at
21931 CTAN/support/preview-latex/
21934 Thereafter, you'll need the usual tools:
21946 .Finally, you'll obtain prettier results if you install
21957 \begin_layout Section
21958 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
21961 \begin_layout Subsection
21962 Extra Horizontal Space
21963 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:hspace}
21970 \begin_layout Standard
21975 s are a special LyX feature for adding extra space in a uniform fashion.
21980 is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals the remaining
21981 space between the left and right margins.
21982 If there is more than one
21986 on a line, they divide the available space equally between themselves.
21990 \begin_layout Standard
21995 is at the beginning of a line, and it's
21999 the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
22004 s from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
22007 \begin_layout Standard
22014 can be inserted with
22020 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22021 Special\InsetSpace ~
22026 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22031 orizontal\InsetSpace ~
22035 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
22038 \begin_layout Quote
22040 This is on the left side
22042 This is on the right
22045 \begin_layout Quote
22054 \begin_layout Quote
22065 \begin_layout Standard
22066 That was an example in the
22073 :is one in a standard paragraph.
22074 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
22078 sitting in-between the two
22079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22089 \begin_layout Standard
22090 Remember that we said that an
22094 always fills the remaining space between the margins? There may be more
22095 than one set of margins on a line.
22096 Here's an example with the
22103 \begin_layout Labeling
22104 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22116 \begin_layout Standard
22118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22122 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22125 marks the beginning of the item.
22126 (There is actually a
22127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22138 inside of the label of the
22142 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.)
22146 s work similarly in other
22147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22154 situations, like two-column mode.
22157 \begin_layout Subsection
22158 Extra Vertical Space
22159 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:vertspace}
22166 \begin_layout Standard
22167 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use
22172 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22177 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22182 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
22188 \begin_layout Standard
22189 We will not provide an example of a
22193 , as it would waste paper.
22194 They work the same as any other type of filler, including
22198 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
22199 If there are several
22203 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
22204 You can therefore use
22208 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page, or 1/4,
22212 \begin_layout Standard
22213 Note that for paragraphs at the top/bottom of a page, the extra space is
22214 only added if you have also checked the option
22219 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22224 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22225 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22230 pacing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22241 \begin_layout Subsection
22242 Changing Paragraph Alignment
22245 \begin_layout Standard
22246 You can also change the paragraph alignment with the
22251 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22256 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22260 There are four possibilities:
22263 \begin_layout Itemize
22272 \begin_layout Itemize
22281 \begin_layout Itemize
22290 \begin_layout Itemize
22299 \begin_layout Standard
22300 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
22301 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
22302 the left and right margins.
22303 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
22306 \begin_layout Standard
22308 This paragraph is right aligned,
22311 \begin_layout Standard
22313 this one is centered,
22316 \begin_layout Standard
22318 this one is left aligned.
22321 \begin_layout Standard
22322 In some paragraph environments, the default is something other than justified
22327 \begin_layout Subsection
22328 Forcing Page Breaks
22329 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:pagebreak}
22336 \begin_layout Standard
22337 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
22338 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
22339 In general, this will
22343 be necessary because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking, as was already mentioned
22345 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:widows}
22352 \begin_layout Standard
22353 So in general there is no need to use the option described below, and we
22354 recommend not using it until the text is
22358 finished, and until you have checked in the preview to see if you
22362 have to change the pagebreaking.You can force a pagebreak above or below
22368 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22373 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22376 dialog by selecting the checkboxes to add a pagebreak above or below the
22380 \begin_layout Standard
22381 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
22382 at the top of a page.
22383 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
22384 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
22385 appear at the top of a page [or the bottom, or on their own page] without
22386 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
22388 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures}
22393 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables}
22404 \begin_layout Subsection
22408 \begin_layout Standard
22409 A blank is a blank? Not in good typography.
22410 While you might be used to press the space key anytime you want to separate
22411 two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers you more spaces: Spaces
22412 of different width and spaces which can or cannot be broken at the end
22414 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
22418 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22420 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:normblank-lbreak-horline}
22427 \begin_layout Standard
22428 Some languages (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22429 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
22430 English) have the typographical convention to add extra
22431 space after an end-of-sentence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventio
22432 ns (see section\InsetSpace ~
22434 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:abbrev}
22439 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
22440 In this case, insert one with
22445 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22446 Special\InsetSpace ~
22451 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22464 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22468 \begin_layout Standard
22469 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:protblank-lbreak-horline}
22473 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
22474 line at that point.
22475 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
22478 \begin_layout Quote
22479 A good documentation should weight no more than 1
22485 \begin_layout Standard
22486 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
22487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22503 A protected space is set with
22508 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22509 Special\InsetSpace ~
22514 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22527 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22529 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:thinblank-lbreak-horline}
22536 \begin_layout Standard
22538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22545 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
22546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22550 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22554 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
22555 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
22556 inside abbreviations:
22559 \begin_layout Quote
22560 D.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22562 Knuth has developped our beloved typesetting program, i.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22563 e.\InsetSpace \space{}
22567 \begin_layout Standard
22568 You can insert a thin space with
22573 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22574 Special\InsetSpace ~
22579 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22592 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22596 \begin_layout Standard
22597 Apart from the ones described, there are still some more spaces.
22598 Although LyX supports them natively, they can only be reached via the
22603 To get them, just type
22605 space-insert <command>
22607 into the minibuffer, where
22611 is one of the following:
22614 \begin_layout Standard
22616 \begin_inset Tabular
22617 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="3">
22619 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
22620 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
22621 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
22622 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
22623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22626 \begin_layout Standard
22634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22637 \begin_layout Standard
22645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22648 \begin_layout Standard
22657 <row topline="true">
22658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22661 \begin_layout Standard
22669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22672 \begin_layout Standard
22679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22682 \begin_layout Standard
22689 <row topline="true">
22690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22693 \begin_layout Standard
22701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22704 \begin_layout Standard
22711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22714 \begin_layout Standard
22721 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
22722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22725 \begin_layout Standard
22733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22736 \begin_layout Standard
22743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22746 \begin_layout Standard
22753 <row bottomline="true">
22754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22757 \begin_layout Standard
22765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22768 \begin_layout Standard
22775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22778 \begin_layout Standard
22785 <row bottomline="true">
22786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22789 \begin_layout Standard
22797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22800 \begin_layout Standard
22807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22810 \begin_layout Standard
22817 <row bottomline="true">
22818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22821 \begin_layout Standard
22829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22832 \begin_layout Standard
22839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22842 \begin_layout Standard
22849 <row bottomline="true">
22850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22853 \begin_layout Standard
22861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22864 \begin_layout Standard
22871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22874 \begin_layout Standard
22881 <row bottomline="true">
22882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22885 \begin_layout Standard
22893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22896 \begin_layout Standard
22903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22906 \begin_layout Standard
22920 \begin_layout Subsection
22924 \begin_layout Standard
22925 You can force line breaks within a paragraph by selecting
22930 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22931 Special\InsetSpace ~
22936 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22948 You should, however, not use this to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as LaTeX
22953 good at linebreaking\SpecialChar \ldots{}
22955 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:pagebreak}
22960 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
22961 set a linebreak, e.g.
22962 in a poem or for an Address (see sections
22963 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:quote}
22968 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:verse}
22973 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:adress_usage}
22980 \begin_layout Section
22982 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:spellchecking}
22989 \begin_layout Standard
22990 LyX itself has no built-in spellchecker.
22991 Rather it uses the external
22995 program as a backend or the newer and generally better
23000 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
23005 \begin_layout Standard
23006 The spellchecker can be started with the menu entry
23013 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
23022 Checking will start just after the current cursor position.
23023 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
23024 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
23025 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the view
23026 in your text buffer is updated to make the word visible.
23031 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
23033 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy the near miss into the replace
23034 input field (double-click to invoke replace).
23037 \begin_layout Subsection
23038 Spellchecker Options
23039 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:spell_opt}
23046 \begin_layout Standard
23047 The following options can be set in the
23052 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23062 \begin_layout Subsubsection
23066 \begin_layout Standard
23067 By default, the dictionary file to use is determined by the language of
23068 the text you're checking, which is set in the
23076 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23084 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, the spellchecker
23086 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
23087 specifying a different
23088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23091 alternative language
23092 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23098 \begin_layout Standard
23103 , you may need to make a link from say
23111 or whatever applies for your language.
23112 This is because these
23116 files normally have the native language name (
23117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23121 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23128 , when started from LyX, searches for the English version of the name used
23129 with the LaTeX babel package (
23130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23140 \begin_layout Standard
23141 You may also have problems the font encoding is not correct for that dictionary.
23142 If you use a language with
23146 encoding and set the
23158 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23173 ), you must have this option in your language dictionary as well.
23174 If your dictionary doesn't support the
23178 you chose, you'll have an error like this on stderr:
23181 \begin_layout Standard
23184 ispell: unrecognized formatter type 'latin1'
23187 \begin_layout Standard
23188 The spellchecker gives you an error that it couldn't start the
23192 process and that you probably have some problems with your dictionary file.
23196 \begin_layout Standard
23197 There are four solutions to this problem.
23198 The easiest is to try the
23205 If that does not help, you can set
23216 when calling the spellchecker (which is probably annoying).
23217 The third is to add the
23221 option to your dictionary
23232 file and recompile the dictionary (which probably isn't easy if you installed
23233 the whole stuff with some distribution and don't have the language directory
23243 documentation for this task! The fourth is to send a message to your package-ma
23244 intainer, or better yet to the maintainer of the dictionary file in question
23245 and ask him to solve your problem.
23248 \begin_layout Subsubsection
23249 Personal dictionary
23252 \begin_layout Standard
23253 If you want to use a different file from the spellchecker's default choice
23254 as your personal dictionary, you can set this in the dialog.
23255 Specifying a filename which does not already exist will result in an error
23256 message on stderr which you can ignore (
23260 will create the file when you finish checking your spelling).
23263 \begin_layout Subsubsection
23267 \begin_layout Standard
23273 pellchecker\InsetSpace ~
23276 dialog has some additional options which are self-explanatory:
23279 \begin_layout Itemize
23285 ccept compound words
23289 Prevent the spellchecker from complaining about compounded words like
23292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23302 \begin_layout Itemize
23312 Allows you to add nonstandard characters to what the spellchecker considers
23315 This should not normally be needed.
23318 \begin_layout Subsection
23322 \begin_layout Standard
23323 Some users have expressed a wish to be able to globally change the spelling
23324 of a particular word, rather than having to change the spelling separately
23325 for each occurrence of the word.
23326 Per-document word lists would also be useful.
23327 Neither of these features are present as of this writing.
23330 \begin_layout Standard
23331 Unless you're using the
23335 spellchecker, LyX cannot correctly spellcheck documents containing multiple
23337 This, does, however, work with
23341 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
23344 \begin_layout Section
23345 International Support
23348 \begin_layout Standard
23349 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
23350 LyX comes with a default configuration which supports the English language
23351 on a U.S.-style keyboard, with a standard U.S.
23352 paper size and the spellchecker set to U.S.
23354 You can change any or all of these settings as desired, and you can make
23355 the changes apply to the current session only, or use them as your new
23356 default configuration.
23359 \begin_layout Standard
23360 If you have a keyboard suited to the language you are using (for example,
23361 a German keyboard for writing in German), and you have correctly configured
23362 your X environment, all you need to do for LyX is tell it your language,
23363 the character encoding, and desired paper size.
23365 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:langlay}
23369 for more information.
23372 \begin_layout Standard
23373 If, however, you have a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
23374 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
23375 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
23376 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
23378 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:optkey}
23386 \begin_layout Standard
23387 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
23388 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
23389 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
23390 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
23391 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
23392 one to support the characters you want.
23396 \begin_layout Standard
23397 The details of how to customize LyX to your own language are
23401 beyond the scope of this manual.
23402 You cannot only alter the keyboard layout, you can also change the names
23403 of the menus buttons, etc., to reflect your language.
23404 If you want to learn more about writing keymap files and tailoring LyX
23405 to your native tongue, please see the
23409 manual for details.
23412 \begin_layout Subsection
23414 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:langlay}
23421 \begin_layout Standard
23427 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23434 dialog lets you set
23436 the language and character encoding for your language.
23440 \begin_layout Standard
23441 Choose your language by clicking on the arrow in t
23458 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23466 The default is U.S.
23468 Scroll to find the language you want and then click on your choice.
23469 The language name appears in the window.
23473 \begin_layout Standard
23474 In LaTeX terms, selecting a language other than default adds Babel support.
23475 If you do not have Babel installed, refer to the different LaTeX distributions
23484 \begin_layout Standard
23493 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use.
23498 encoding, which includes the characters required by the various Western
23499 European languages.
23502 \begin_layout Subsection
23503 Keyboard mapping configuration
23504 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:optkey}
23511 \begin_layout Standard
23512 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings.
23513 This allows you to choose the keymap of your choice for your U.S.-style keyboard.
23514 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
23515 which one you want to use.
23518 \begin_layout Subsection
23520 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:keytab}
23527 \begin_layout Standard
23530 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{cap:The-latin1-character}
23539 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
23543 \begin_layout Standard
23544 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
23545 This manual is set up --- by hand, mind you --- to print all of these character
23547 That ain't the default.
23548 Nowhere near, in fact.
23549 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
23557 \begin_layout Itemize
23558 The characters at entries A2, A4, A5, A6 and AD -- the cent, the yen, the
23559 generic-currency-symbol, the broken vertical bar and the short dash are
23560 just plain missing in the default encodings.
23561 We don't know where they are or why this is the case.
23564 \begin_layout Itemize
23565 Even if you've selected
23574 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23581 dialog, users who have only the
23585 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
23589 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
23590 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
23591 french quotes won't show up.
23594 \begin_layout Itemize
23599 -fonts can, however, get the french quotes [characters AB and BB] if they
23600 include the either the package
23608 in their documents.
23612 \begin_layout Standard
23613 This only holds when you want to input these quotes by yourself.
23614 The automatic quote feature described in Section
23615 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:quotes}
23619 , will generate automatically LaTeX code adapted to available fonts and
23626 \begin_inset Note Note
23629 \begin_layout Standard
23630 The characters of the following table, which are inserted as commands, could
23631 not be inserted directly with the keyboard, because the standard encoding
23633 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23637 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23641 To let LaTeX understand the commands, the package
23645 needs to be loaded in the peamble with the line
23648 \begin_layout Standard
23653 usepackage{textcomp}
23656 \begin_layout Standard
23661 is available on every LaTeX system.
23669 \begin_layout Standard
23670 \begin_inset Float table
23675 \begin_layout Caption
23676 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cap:The-latin1-character}
23687 \begin_layout Standard
23689 \begin_inset Tabular
23690 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
23692 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
23693 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23694 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23695 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23696 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23697 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23698 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23699 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23700 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23701 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23702 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23703 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23704 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23705 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23706 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23707 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23708 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
23709 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
23710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23713 \begin_layout Standard
23719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23722 \begin_layout Standard
23737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23740 \begin_layout Standard
23755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23758 \begin_layout Standard
23773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23776 \begin_layout Standard
23791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23794 \begin_layout Standard
23809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23812 \begin_layout Standard
23827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23830 \begin_layout Standard
23845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23848 \begin_layout Standard
23863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23866 \begin_layout Standard
23881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23884 \begin_layout Standard
23899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23902 \begin_layout Standard
23917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23920 \begin_layout Standard
23935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23938 \begin_layout Standard
23953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23956 \begin_layout Standard
23971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23974 \begin_layout Standard
23989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23992 \begin_layout Standard
24008 <row topline="true">
24009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24012 \begin_layout Standard
24027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24030 \begin_layout Standard
24036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24039 \begin_layout Standard
24045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24048 \begin_layout Standard
24054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24057 \begin_layout Standard
24071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24074 \begin_layout Standard
24088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24091 \begin_layout Standard
24105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24108 \begin_layout Standard
24122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24125 \begin_layout Standard
24139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24142 \begin_layout Standard
24148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24151 \begin_layout Standard
24157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24160 \begin_layout Standard
24166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24169 \begin_layout Standard
24183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24186 \begin_layout Standard
24200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24203 \begin_layout Standard
24217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24220 \begin_layout Standard
24234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24237 \begin_layout Standard
24252 <row topline="true">
24253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24256 \begin_layout Standard
24271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24274 \begin_layout Standard
24280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24283 \begin_layout Standard
24289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24292 \begin_layout Standard
24306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24309 \begin_layout Standard
24323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24326 \begin_layout Standard
24340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24343 \begin_layout Standard
24357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24360 \begin_layout Standard
24374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24377 \begin_layout Standard
24391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24394 \begin_layout Standard
24400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24403 \begin_layout Standard
24409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24412 \begin_layout Standard
24426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24429 \begin_layout Standard
24443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24446 \begin_layout Standard
24460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24463 \begin_layout Standard
24477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24480 \begin_layout Standard
24494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24497 \begin_layout Standard
24512 <row topline="true">
24513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24516 \begin_layout Standard
24531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24534 \begin_layout Standard
24540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24543 \begin_layout Standard
24549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24552 \begin_layout Standard
24561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24572 \begin_layout Standard
24586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24589 \begin_layout Standard
24603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24606 \begin_layout Standard
24620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24623 \begin_layout Standard
24637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24640 \begin_layout Standard
24654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24657 \begin_layout Standard
24663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24666 \begin_layout Standard
24672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24675 \begin_layout Standard
24679 \begin_layout Standard
24689 \begin_inset Note Note
24692 \begin_layout Standard
24703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24706 \begin_layout Standard
24720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24723 \begin_layout Standard
24737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24740 \begin_layout Standard
24754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24757 \begin_layout Standard
24771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24774 \begin_layout Standard
24789 <row topline="true">
24790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24793 \begin_layout Standard
24808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24811 \begin_layout Standard
24817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24820 \begin_layout Standard
24826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24829 \begin_layout Standard
24843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24846 \begin_layout Standard
24860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24863 \begin_layout Standard
24877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24880 \begin_layout Standard
24894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24897 \begin_layout Standard
24911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24914 \begin_layout Standard
24928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24931 \begin_layout Standard
24937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24940 \begin_layout Standard
24946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24949 \begin_layout Standard
24963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24966 \begin_layout Standard
24980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24983 \begin_layout Standard
24997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25000 \begin_layout Standard
25014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25017 \begin_layout Standard
25031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25034 \begin_layout Standard
25049 <row topline="true">
25050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25053 \begin_layout Standard
25068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25071 \begin_layout Standard
25077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25080 \begin_layout Standard
25086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25089 \begin_layout Standard
25103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25106 \begin_layout Standard
25120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25123 \begin_layout Standard
25137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25140 \begin_layout Standard
25154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25157 \begin_layout Standard
25171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25174 \begin_layout Standard
25188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25191 \begin_layout Standard
25197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25200 \begin_layout Standard
25206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25209 \begin_layout Standard
25213 \begin_layout Standard
25223 \begin_inset Note Note
25226 \begin_layout Standard
25237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25240 \begin_layout Standard
25254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25257 \begin_layout Standard
25271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25274 \begin_layout Standard
25288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25291 \begin_layout Standard
25305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25308 \begin_layout Standard
25323 <row topline="true">
25324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25327 \begin_layout Standard
25342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25345 \begin_layout Standard
25351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25354 \begin_layout Standard
25360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25363 \begin_layout Standard
25377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25380 \begin_layout Standard
25394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25397 \begin_layout Standard
25411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25414 \begin_layout Standard
25428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25431 \begin_layout Standard
25445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25448 \begin_layout Standard
25462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25465 \begin_layout Standard
25471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25474 \begin_layout Standard
25480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25483 \begin_layout Standard
25487 \begin_layout Standard
25497 \begin_inset Note Note
25500 \begin_layout Standard
25511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25514 \begin_layout Standard
25528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25531 \begin_layout Standard
25545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25548 \begin_layout Standard
25562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25565 \begin_layout Standard
25579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25582 \begin_layout Standard
25597 <row topline="true">
25598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25601 \begin_layout Standard
25616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25619 \begin_layout Standard
25625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25628 \begin_layout Standard
25634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25637 \begin_layout Standard
25651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25654 \begin_layout Standard
25668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25671 \begin_layout Standard
25685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25688 \begin_layout Standard
25702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25705 \begin_layout Standard
25719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25722 \begin_layout Standard
25736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25739 \begin_layout Standard
25745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25748 \begin_layout Standard
25754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25757 \begin_layout Standard
25761 \begin_layout Standard
25771 \begin_inset Note Note
25774 \begin_layout Standard
25785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25788 \begin_layout Standard
25802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25805 \begin_layout Standard
25819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25822 \begin_layout Standard
25836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25839 \begin_layout Standard
25853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25856 \begin_layout Standard
25871 <row topline="true">
25872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25875 \begin_layout Standard
25890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25893 \begin_layout Standard
25899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25902 \begin_layout Standard
25908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25911 \begin_layout Standard
25925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25928 \begin_layout Standard
25942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25945 \begin_layout Standard
25959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25962 \begin_layout Standard
25976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25979 \begin_layout Standard
25993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25996 \begin_layout Standard
26010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26013 \begin_layout Standard
26019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26022 \begin_layout Standard
26028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26031 \begin_layout Standard
26045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26048 \begin_layout Standard
26062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26065 \begin_layout Standard
26079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26082 \begin_layout Standard
26096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26099 \begin_layout Standard
26113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26116 \begin_layout Standard
26131 <row topline="true">
26132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26135 \begin_layout Standard
26150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26153 \begin_layout Standard
26159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26162 \begin_layout Standard
26168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26171 \begin_layout Standard
26185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26188 \begin_layout Standard
26202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26205 \begin_layout Standard
26219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26222 \begin_layout Standard
26236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26239 \begin_layout Standard
26253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26256 \begin_layout Standard
26270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26273 \begin_layout Standard
26279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26282 \begin_layout Standard
26288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26291 \begin_layout Standard
26305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26308 \begin_layout Standard
26322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26325 \begin_layout Standard
26339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26342 \begin_layout Standard
26356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26359 \begin_layout Standard
26373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26376 \begin_layout Standard
26391 <row topline="true">
26392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26395 \begin_layout Standard
26410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26413 \begin_layout Standard
26419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26422 \begin_layout Standard
26428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26431 \begin_layout Standard
26445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26448 \begin_layout Standard
26462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26465 \begin_layout Standard
26479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26482 \begin_layout Standard
26496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26499 \begin_layout Standard
26513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26516 \begin_layout Standard
26530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26533 \begin_layout Standard
26539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26542 \begin_layout Standard
26548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26551 \begin_layout Standard
26565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26568 \begin_layout Standard
26582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26585 \begin_layout Standard
26599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26602 \begin_layout Standard
26616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26619 \begin_layout Standard
26633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26636 \begin_layout Standard
26651 <row topline="true">
26652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26655 \begin_layout Standard
26670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26673 \begin_layout Standard
26679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26682 \begin_layout Standard
26688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26691 \begin_layout Standard
26705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26708 \begin_layout Standard
26722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26725 \begin_layout Standard
26739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26742 \begin_layout Standard
26756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26759 \begin_layout Standard
26773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26776 \begin_layout Standard
26790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26793 \begin_layout Standard
26799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26802 \begin_layout Standard
26808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26811 \begin_layout Standard
26825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26828 \begin_layout Standard
26842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26845 \begin_layout Standard
26859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26862 \begin_layout Standard
26876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26879 \begin_layout Standard
26893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26896 \begin_layout Standard
26911 <row topline="true">
26912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26915 \begin_layout Standard
26930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26933 \begin_layout Standard
26939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26942 \begin_layout Standard
26948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26951 \begin_layout Standard
26965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26968 \begin_layout Standard
26982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26985 \begin_layout Standard
26999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27002 \begin_layout Standard
27016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27019 \begin_layout Standard
27033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27036 \begin_layout Standard
27050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27053 \begin_layout Standard
27059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27062 \begin_layout Standard
27068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27071 \begin_layout Standard
27085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27088 \begin_layout Standard
27102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27105 \begin_layout Standard
27119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27122 \begin_layout Standard
27136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27139 \begin_layout Standard
27153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27156 \begin_layout Standard
27171 <row topline="true">
27172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27175 \begin_layout Standard
27190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27193 \begin_layout Standard
27199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27202 \begin_layout Standard
27208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27211 \begin_layout Standard
27225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27228 \begin_layout Standard
27242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27245 \begin_layout Standard
27259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27262 \begin_layout Standard
27278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27281 \begin_layout Standard
27295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27298 \begin_layout Standard
27312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27315 \begin_layout Standard
27321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27324 \begin_layout Standard
27330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27333 \begin_layout Standard
27347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27350 \begin_layout Standard
27364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27367 \begin_layout Standard
27381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27384 \begin_layout Standard
27398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27401 \begin_layout Standard
27415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27418 \begin_layout Standard
27433 <row topline="true">
27434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27437 \begin_layout Standard
27452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27455 \begin_layout Standard
27461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27464 \begin_layout Standard
27470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27473 \begin_layout Standard
27487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27490 \begin_layout Standard
27504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27507 \begin_layout Standard
27521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27524 \begin_layout Standard
27538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27541 \begin_layout Standard
27555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27558 \begin_layout Standard
27572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27575 \begin_layout Standard
27581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27584 \begin_layout Standard
27590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27593 \begin_layout Standard
27597 \begin_layout Standard
27607 \begin_inset Note Note
27610 \begin_layout Standard
27621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27624 \begin_layout Standard
27638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27641 \begin_layout Standard
27655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27658 \begin_layout Standard
27672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27675 \begin_layout Standard
27689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27692 \begin_layout Standard
27707 <row topline="true">
27708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27711 \begin_layout Standard
27726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27729 \begin_layout Standard
27735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27738 \begin_layout Standard
27744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27747 \begin_layout Standard
27761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27764 \begin_layout Standard
27778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27781 \begin_layout Standard
27795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27798 \begin_layout Standard
27812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27815 \begin_layout Standard
27829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27832 \begin_layout Standard
27846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27849 \begin_layout Standard
27855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27858 \begin_layout Standard
27864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27867 \begin_layout Standard
27881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27884 \begin_layout Standard
27898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27901 \begin_layout Standard
27915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27918 \begin_layout Standard
27932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27935 \begin_layout Standard
27949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27952 \begin_layout Standard
27967 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
27968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27971 \begin_layout Standard
27986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27989 \begin_layout Standard
27995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27998 \begin_layout Standard
28004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28007 \begin_layout Standard
28021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28024 \begin_layout Standard
28038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28041 \begin_layout Standard
28055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28058 \begin_layout Standard
28072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28075 \begin_layout Standard
28089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28092 \begin_layout Standard
28098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28101 \begin_layout Standard
28107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28110 \begin_layout Standard
28116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28119 \begin_layout Standard
28133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28136 \begin_layout Standard
28150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28153 \begin_layout Standard
28167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28170 \begin_layout Standard
28184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28187 \begin_layout Standard
28201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28204 \begin_layout Standard
28231 \begin_layout Standard
28232 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
28234 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
28235 also the characters from
28247 \begin_layout Itemize
28256 \begin_layout Standard
28257 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
28262 \begin_layout Standard
28263 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
28268 \begin_layout Standard
28269 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
28274 \begin_layout Standard
28275 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
28280 \begin_layout Standard
28286 \begin_layout Standard
28292 \begin_layout Standard
28299 \begin_layout Standard
28300 The dead macron in usually not needed, as you will use a non--dead key for
28302 For example, S-M-minus, or if
28308 is correct, S-M-macron.
28317 \begin_layout Itemize
28330 \begin_layout Standard
28346 \begin_layout Standard
28364 \begin_layout Standard
28374 \begin_layout Standard
28395 \begin_layout Standard
28396 These characters might not look very nice on screen, but they will be just
28397 fine when run through LaTeX and printed.
28405 \begin_layout Standard
28421 \begin_layout Standard
28432 \begin_layout Standard
28433 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
28434 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters .
28435 Also make sure you're using the
28439 font-encoding and have the package
28443 with the definition file
28450 \begin_layout Chapter
28454 \begin_layout Standard
28455 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
28456 (and we would encourage people to contribute !).
28459 \begin_layout Standard
28460 First, we need to give due credit to those who came before us.
28461 They gave us the base upon which the new manuals are built, and some continue
28462 to provide information:
28465 \begin_layout Itemize
28470 wrote the original documentation, from which this manual is built, as well
28471 as the introduction to this manual [or the
28472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28479 as some of us call it].
28482 \begin_layout Itemize
28485 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
28487 wrote several minidocs, including some of the information about international
28491 \begin_layout Itemize
28496 also wrote a minidoc about international support, specifically about internatio
28497 nal keyboard maps and customization.
28500 \begin_layout Itemize
28505 originally documented the LinuxDoc SGML interface.
28508 \begin_layout Itemize
28511 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
28513 originally documented math mode and provided the entries for the math functions
28519 \begin_layout Itemize
28520 Special thanks to the LyX Team\InsetSpace ~
28522 \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{lyxcredit}
28526 for help and answers to questions.
28529 \begin_layout Standard
28530 Next, it's time to give credit to the
28531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28534 LyX Documentation Team,
28535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28538 all of the people who helped rewrite the old documentation into the form
28539 it had after LyX version 0.10:
28542 \begin_layout Itemize
28551 \begin_layout Itemize
28552 Contributor to the FAQ and the old
28553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28561 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28567 \begin_layout Itemize
28568 General editing assistance.
28571 \begin_layout Itemize
28576 \begin_layout Itemize
28580 \begin_layout Itemize
28584 \begin_layout Itemize
28590 \begin_layout Itemize
28599 \begin_layout Itemize
28600 Primary contributor to
28605 \begin_layout Itemize
28606 Documentation of the basic LyX interface in
28612 \begin_layout Itemize
28621 \begin_layout Itemize
28622 Former maintainer of the FAQ and the old
28623 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28637 \begin_layout Itemize
28638 Documentation of LinuxDoc in
28644 \begin_layout Itemize
28651 \begin_layout Itemize
28652 Documentation of figures and imported graphics in
28658 \begin_layout Itemize
28667 \begin_layout Itemize
28668 Documentation of internationalization features in
28674 \begin_layout Itemize
28681 \begin_layout Itemize
28686 \begin_layout Itemize
28690 \begin_layout Itemize
28694 \begin_layout Itemize
28698 \begin_layout Itemize
28704 \begin_layout Itemize
28711 \begin_layout Itemize
28712 Primary contributor to
28718 \begin_layout Itemize
28725 \begin_layout Itemize
28730 \begin_layout Itemize
28734 \begin_layout Itemize
28735 using LaTeX from within LyX
28740 \begin_layout Itemize
28749 \begin_layout Itemize
28750 General organization and format of the documents.
28753 \begin_layout Itemize
28758 \begin_layout Itemize
28762 \begin_layout Itemize
28763 paragraph environments, document layout, nesting, typography notes, fonts
28767 \begin_layout Itemize
28768 Also responsible for Introduction in
28773 \begin_layout Itemize
28774 Editor of the documents.
28775 [from 6/96-fall 1997]
28779 \begin_layout Standard
28780 After fall of 1997, the LyX Team as a whole took over maintenance of the
28784 \begin_layout Bibliography
28786 \bibitem {lyxcredit}
28791 \begin_layout Standard
28795 href{http://www.lyx.org/about/credits.php}{
28808 \begin_layout Standard
28818 \begin_layout Bibliography
28820 \bibitem {latexbook}
28823 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
28826 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
28829 \begin_layout Bibliography
28831 \bibitem {latexcompanion}
28832 Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin:
28834 The LaTeX Companion.
28837 Addison-Wesley, 1994
28840 \begin_layout Bibliography
28842 \bibitem {latexguide}
28848 \begin_layout Bibliography